{"title":"Electronics and communications engineering Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"3000-solved-problems-in-electrical-circuits-9780070459366","title":"3000 Solved Problems in Electrical Circuits","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSchaumâs powerful problem-solver gives you 3,000 problems in electric circuits, fully solved step-by-step! The originator of the solved-problem guide, and studentsâ favorite with over 30 million study guides sold, Schaumâs offers a diagram-packed timesaver to help you master every type of problem youâll face on tests. Problems cover every area of electric circuits, from basic units to complex multi-phase circuits, two-port networks, and the use of Laplace transforms. Go directly to the answers and diagrams you need with our detailed, cross-referenced index. Compatible with any classroom text, Schaumâs 3000 Solved Problems in Electric Circuits is so complete itâs the perfect tool for graduate or professional exam prep!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnits and basic concepts; resistance and Ohm's law; series and parallel resistive circuits; Kirchhoff's laws; networks theorems; capacitors; inductors; AC sources, waveforms and circuit relationships, complex numbers and phasors; AC circuits under steady state; magnetically coupled circuits; resonance; frequency response and filters; three-phase circuits; transients in DC circuits; step, ramp and impulse functions; duals and analog; transients in AC circuits; circuits with multifrequency inputs; circuits with nonsinusoidal sources; Laplace method; state variables method; two-port networks; review problems.","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732109930839,"sku":"9780070459366","price":39.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780070459366.jpg?v=1719995227"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-electronic-devices-and-circuits-second-edition-9780071362702","title":"Schaums Outline of Electronic Devices and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHelps to master the fundamentals of electronic devices and circuits. This book includes: key concepts, principles, and terminology of electronic devices and circuits; introduction to Pspice, the industry standard circuitry design tool; evaluation copy of Pspice, with examples and solved problems; and, useful concepts and design of circuitry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCircuit Analysis: Port Point of ViewSemiconductor DiodesCharacteristics of Bipolar Junction TransistorsCharacteristics of Field-Effect Transistors and TriodesTransistor Bias ConsiderationsSmall-Signal Midfrequency BJT AmplifiersSmall-Signal Midfrequency FET AmplifiersFrequency Effects in AmplifiersOperational AmplifiersSwitched Mode Power Supplies","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732110684503,"sku":"9780071362702","price":22.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071362702.jpg?v=1719995230"},{"product_id":"schaums-easy-outline-of-electronic-devices-and-circuits-9780071455329","title":"Schaums Easy Outline of Electronic Devices and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSchaumâs Easy Outline Series\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, thereâs no series that does it better. \u003ci\u003eSchaum's Easy Outline of Electronic Devices and Circuits\u003c\/i\u003e is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732113142103,"sku":"9780071455329","price":15.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071455329.jpg?v=1719995822"},{"product_id":"the-ultimate-tesla-coil-design-and-construction-guide-9780071497374","title":"The ULTIMATE Tesla Coil Design and Construction","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe only book available to cover the Tesla coil in so muchdetail\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe Ultimate Tesla Coil Design and Construction Guide\u003c\/i\u003e is a one-stopreference covering the theory, design tools, and techniques necessaryto create the Tesla coil using modern materials.Thisunique resource utilizes Excel spreadsheets to perform calculationsand SPICE simulation models on the companion website toenhance understanding of coil performance and operatingtheory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1. Introduction to Coiling\u003cbr\u003eChapter 2: Designing a Spark Gap Tesla Coil\u003cbr\u003eChapter 3: Resonance\u003cbr\u003eChapter 4. Inductors and Air Core Transformers\u003cbr\u003eChapter 5. Capacitors\u003cbr\u003eChapter 6. Spark Gaps\u003cbr\u003eChapter 7. Control, Monitoring, and Interconnectors\u003cbr\u003eChapter 8. Using Computer Simulation to Verify Coil Design\u003cbr\u003eChapter 9. Coil Construction\u003cbr\u003eChapter 10. Engineering Aids\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A: Bio of Nikola Tesla\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B: Index of Worksheets\u003cbr\u003eAppendix C: Metric Prefixes, Measurement Standards \u0026amp; Symbols\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732170977623,"sku":"9780071497374","price":38.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071497374.jpg?v=1719995827"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-digital-signal-processing-2nd-edition-9780071635097","title":"Schaums Outline of Digital Signal Processing 2nd","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe ideal review for your digital signal processing course\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by renowned experts in their respective fields, Schaumâs Outlines cover everything from math to science, nursing to language. The main feature for all these books is the solved problems. Step-by-step, authors walk readers through coming up with solutions to exercises in their topic of choice. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutline format facilitates quick and easy review of course fundamentals \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHundreds of examples illustrate applications and complex calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore than 300 solved problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExercises to help you test your mastery of digital signal processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate for the following courses: Signals and Systems; Digital Signal Processing; Digital Filters and Signal Processing; Discrete-Time and Continuous-Time Linear Systems \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports and supplements the bestselling textbooks in digital\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732174254423,"sku":"9780071635097","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071635097.jpg?v=1719995839"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-basic-electricity-second-edition-9780071635288","title":"Schaums Outline of Basic Electricity Second","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eConfused by basic electricity concepts? Problem solved\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSchaum's Outline of Basic Electricity\u003c\/i\u003e covers the fundamentals of electricity and electric circuits.  Written as a complement to vocational and technical courses, the book reviews digital and computer technology and the more advanced level of expertise required of technicians in these fields. Chapters focus on particular subjects as they are related to electric circuits, so you can target specific areas or tackle the subject as a whole. You will also learn how to solve circuit values in more complex series and parallel circuits.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Schaum's Outline of Basic Electricity, 2ed \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 1. The Nature of Electricity \u003cbr\u003e 2. Electrical Standards and Conventions \u003cbr\u003e 3. Ohm’s Law and Power \u003cbr\u003e 4. Direct-Current Series Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 5. Direct-Current Parallel Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 6. Batteries \u003cbr\u003e 7. Kirchhoff’s Laws \u003cbr\u003e 8. Determinant Solutions for DC Networks \u003cbr\u003e 9. Network Calculations \u003cbr\u003e 10. Magnetism and Electromagnetism \u003cbr\u003e 11. Direct-Current Generators and Motors \u003cbr\u003e 12. Principles of Alternating Current \u003cbr\u003e 13. Inductance, Inductive Reactance, and Inductive Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 14. Capacitance, Capacitive Reactance, and Capacitive Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 15. Single-Phase Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 16. Alternating-Current Generators and Motors \u003cbr\u003e 17. Complex Numbers and Complex Impedance for Series AC Circuits \u003cbr\u003e 18. AC Circuit Analysis with Complex Numbers \u003cbr\u003e 19. Transformers \u003cbr\u003e 20. Three-Phase Systems \u003cbr\u003e 21. Series and Parallel Resonance \u003cbr\u003e 22. Waveforms and Time Constants","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732174582103,"sku":"9780071635288","price":16.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071635288.jpg?v=1719995839"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-basic-circuit-analysis-second-edition-9780071756433","title":"Schaums Outline of Basic Circuit Analysis Second","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe ideal review for your basic circuit analysis course\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaumâs Outlines for their expert knowledge and helpful solved problems. Written by renowned experts in their respective fields, Schaumâs Outlines cover everything from math to science, nursing to language. The main feature for all these books is the solved problems. Step-by-step, authors walk readers through coming up with solutions to exercises in their topic of choice. \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e700 solved problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutline format supplies a concise guide to the standard college course in basic circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear, concise explanations of all electric circuits concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate for the following courses: Basic Circuit Analysis, Electrical Circuits, Electrical Engineering Circuit Analysis, Introduction to Circuit Analysis, AC \u0026amp; DC Circuits \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports and supplements the bestselling textbooks in circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily understood review of basic circuit analysis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports all the maj\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Basic Concepts2. Resistance3. Series and Parallel DC Circuits4. DC Circuit Analysis5. DC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits6. Operational-Amplifier Circuits7. Pspice DC Circuit Analysis8. Capacitors and Capacitance9. Inductors, Inductance, and Pspice Transient Analysis10. Sinusoidal Alternating Voltage and Current11. Complex Algebra and Phasors12. Basic AC Circuit Analysis, Impedance, and Admittance13. Mesh, Loop, Nodal, and Pspice Analyses of AC Circuits14. AC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits15. Power in AC Circuits16. Transformers17. Three-Phase Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732176777559,"sku":"9780071756433","price":16.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071756433.jpg?v=1719995848"},{"product_id":"schaums-easy-outline-of-basic-electricity-revised-9780071780681","title":"Schaums Easy Outline of Basic Electricity Revised","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIf you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, turn to Schaum's Easy Outlines!\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSchaum's Easy Outline of Basic Electricity\u003c\/i\u003e is a pared-down, simplified, and tightly focused review of the topic. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, it features a streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of the subject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll the key concepts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpert tips for mastering basic electricity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLast-minute essentials to pass the course\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppropriate for the following courses: Basic Electricity, Electric Circuits, Operation of Electric Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732177826135,"sku":"9780071780681","price":13.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071780681.jpg?v=1719995852"},{"product_id":"schaumas-outline-of-feedback-and-control-systems-3rd-edition-9780071829489","title":"Schaumâs Outline of Feedback and Control Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eFortunately for you, thereâs Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 700 fully solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 20 detailed videos featuring instructors who explain the most commonly tested problems--it's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build confidence, skills, and knowledge for the highest score possible.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaum'sto help them succeed in the classroom and on exams.Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher gradesin every subject. Each Outline presents all the essentialcourse information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topicformat. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis Schaum's Outline gives you\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e700 fully solved problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra practi\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Control Systems Terminology\u003cbr\u003e 3. Differential Equations, Difference Equations, and Linear Systems\u003cbr\u003e 4. The LaPlace Transform\u003cbr\u003e5. The Z-Transform\u003cbr\u003e 6. Stability\u003cbr\u003e7. Transfer Functions\u003cbr\u003e 8. Block Diagram Algebra and Transfer Functions of Systems\u003cbr\u003e 9. Signal Flow Graphs\u003cbr\u003e 10. System Sensitivity Measures and Classification of Feedback Systems\u003cbr\u003e 11. Analysis and Design of Feedback Control Systems: Objectives and Methods\u003cbr\u003e 12. Nyquist Analysis\u003cbr\u003e13. Nyquist Design\u003cbr\u003e 14. Root-Locus Design\u003cbr\u003e 15. Bode Analysis\u003cbr\u003e 16. Bode Design\u003cbr\u003e 17. Nichols Chart Analysis\u003cbr\u003e 18. Nichols Chart Design\u003cbr\u003e 19. Introduction to Nonlinear Control Systems\u003cbr\u003e20. Introduction to Advanced Systems\u003cbr\u003e21. Topics in Control Systems\u003cbr\u003e22. Analysis and Design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education - Europe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732180906327,"sku":"9780071829489","price":30.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780071829489.jpg?v=1719995863"},{"product_id":"photoalignment-of-liquid-crystalline-materials-9780470065396","title":"Photoalignment of Liquid Crystalline Materials","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePhotoalignment possesses significant advantages in comparison with the usual rubbing' treatment of the substrates of liquid crystal display (LCD) cells as it is a non-contact method with a high resolution. A new technique recently pioneered by the authors of this book, namely the photo-induced diffusion reorientation of azodyes, does not involve any photochemical or structural transformations of the molecules. This results in photoaligning films which are robust and possess good aligning properties making them particularly suitable for the new generation of liquid crystal devices.  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePhotoalignment of Liquid Crystalline Materials\u003c\/i\u003e covers state-of-the-art techniques and key applications, as well as the authors' own diffusion model for photoalignment.  The book aims to stimulate new research and development in the field of liquid crystalline photoalignment and in so doing, enable the technology to be used in large scale LCD production.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey features:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProvides a \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"I believe that the reader will obtain beneficial information on the various aspects of the physics and applications of the photoalignment of LCs and the techniques involved.\" (\u003ci\u003eLiquid Crystals Today\u003c\/i\u003e, June 2010)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout the Authors.  \u003cp\u003eSeries Editor's Foreword.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Introduction.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Mechanisms of LC Photoalignment.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 \u003ci\u003eCis-Trans\u003c\/i\u003e Isomerization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2  Pure Reorientation of the Azo-Dye Chromophore Molecules or Azo-Dye Molecular Solvates.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Crosslinking in Cinnamoyl Side-Chain Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Photodegradation in Polymide Materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Photoinduced Order in Langmuir–Blodgett Films.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. LC-Surface Interaction in a Photoaligned Cell.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Pretilt Angle Generation in Photoaligning Materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Generation of Large Pretilt Angles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Anchoring Energy in Photoaligning Materials.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Stability of Photoaligning Materials Sensitivity to UV Light.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Comparison of the Characteristics of Photoalignment Layers for Different Mechanisms of LC Photoalignment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Various Methods for the Experimental Characterization of Photoalignment Layers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Photoalignment of LCs.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Vertical LC Alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Twisted LC Photoalignment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Photoalignment of Ferroelectric LC.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Optical Rewritable LC Alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Photoalignment with Asymmetric Surface Anchoring.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 LC Photoalignment on Plastic Substrates.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Photoalignment on Grating Surface.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Photoalignment of Lyotropic and Discotic LCs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Other Types of LC Photoalignment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Application of Photoalignment Materials in Optical Elements.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Polarizers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Retardation Films.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Transflective LCD with Photo-Patterned Polarizers and Phase Retarders.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Security Applications of Photoaligning and Photo-Patterning.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Optical Elements Based on Photoaligning Technology.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Novel LCDs Based on Photoalignment.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Bistable Nematic Displays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Photoaligned Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon Microdisplays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Photoaligned Ferroelectric LCDs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 New Optical Rewritable Electronic Paper.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Application of Photoalignment in Photonic LC Devices.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. US Patents Related to Photoalignment of Liquid Crystals.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introductory Remarks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 List of Patents Patent Classification.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Analysis and Comments on the Patents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733786210647,"sku":"9780470065396","price":103.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470065396.jpg?v=1720001680"},{"product_id":"systems-engineering-in-wireless-communications-9780470021781","title":"Systems Engineering in Wireless Communications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn eleven chapters, Systems Engineering in Wireless Communications covers a wide range of system engineering topics from cellular radio systems and radio resource management to position location systems and network management. The book varies from other books on the market as it emphasizes the dynamical issues arising from mobile systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eList of Abbreviations.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Feedback Control Basics.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Channel Modeling.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Channel Estimation and Prediction.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Power Control, Part I: Linear Algebra Perspective.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Power Control II: Control Engineering Perspective.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Admission and Load Control.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Combining Different Radio Resources.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Smart Antennas.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Cognitive Radios and Networks.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBibliography.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733786407255,"sku":"9780470021781","price":85.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470021781.jpg?v=1720001681"},{"product_id":"machine-learning-in-image-steganalysis-9780470663059","title":"Machine Learning in Image Steganalysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSteganography is the art of communicating a secret message, hiding the very existence of a secret message. This book is an introduction to steganalysis as part of the wider trend of multimedia forensics, as well as a practical tutorial on machine learning in this context.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART I OVERVIEW\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Real Threat or Hype? 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Artificial Intelligence and Learning 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 How to Read this Book 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Steganography and Steganalysis 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Cryptography versus Steganography 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Steganography 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Steganalysis 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Summary and Notes 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Getting Started with a Classifier 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Classification 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Estimation and Confidence 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Using libSVM 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Using Python 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Images for Testing 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Further Reading 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART II FEATURES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Histogram Analysis 43\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Early Histogram Analysis 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Notation 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Additive Independent Noise 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Multi-dimensional Histograms 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Experiment and Comparison 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bit-plane Analysis 65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Visual Steganalysis 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Autocorrelation Features 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Binary Similarity Measures 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Evaluation and Comparison 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 More Spatial Domain Features 75\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 The Difference Matrix 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Image Quality Measures 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Colour Images 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Experiment and Comparison 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The Wavelets Domain 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 A Visual View 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Wavelet Domain 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Farid’s Features 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 HCF in the Wavelet Domain 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Denoising and the WAM Features 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Experiment and Comparison 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Steganalysis in the JPEG Domain 107\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 JPEG Compression 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Histogram Analysis 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Blockiness 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Markov Model-based Features 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Conditional Probabilities 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Experiment and Comparison 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Calibration Techniques 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Calibrated Features 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 JPEG Calibration 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Calibration by Downsampling 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Calibration in General 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Progressive Randomisation 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePART III CLASSIFIERS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Simulation and Evaluation 153\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Estimation and Simulation 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Scalar Measures 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 The Receiver Operating Curve 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Experimental Methodology 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Comparison and Hypothesis Testing 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Support Vector Machines 179\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Linear Classifiers 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 The Kernel Function 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 \u003ci\u003eν\u003c\/i\u003e-SVM 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Multi-class Methods 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 One-class Methods 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Summary 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Other Classification Algorithms 197\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Bayesian Classifiers 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Estimating Probability Distributions 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Multivariate Regression Analysis 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Unsupervised Learning 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Summary 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Feature Selection and Evaluation 217\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Overfitting and Underfitting 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Scalar Feature Selection 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Feature Subset Selection 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Selection Using Information Theory 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Boosting Feature Selection 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Applications in Steganalysis 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 The Steganalysis Problem 245\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Different Use Cases 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Images and Training Sets 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Composite Classifier Systems 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Summary 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Future of the Field 263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Image Forensics 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Conclusions and Notes 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBibliography 267\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex 279\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733787619671,"sku":"9780470663059","price":80.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470663059.jpg?v=1720001688"},{"product_id":"image-processing-9780470745861","title":"Image Processing","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFollowing the success of the first edition, this thoroughly updated second edition of \u003ci\u003eImage Processing: The Fundamentals\u003c\/i\u003e will ensure that it remains the ideal text for anyone seeking an introduction to the essential concepts of image processing. New material includes image processing and colour, sine and cosine transforms, Independent Component Analysis (ICA), phase congruency and the monogenic signal and several other new topics. These updates are combined with coverage of classic topics in image processing, such as orthogonal transforms and image enhancement, making this a truly comprehensive text on the subject.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e   \u003cp\u003eKey features:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePresents material at two levels of difficulty: the main text addresses the fundamental concepts and presents a broad view of image processing, whilst more advanced material is interleaved in boxes throughout the text, providing further reference for those who wish to examine each technique in depth.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eContains a larg\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"Although many books are available in the area of image processing, this book \u003ci\u003eImage Processing, the Fundamentals\u003c\/i\u003e by Maria Petrou and Costas Petrou explains this subject in a distinctive way. In this book, the authors have attempted to capture new insights with a lot of examples in all the fundamental topics of image processing.\" (\u003ci\u003eIAPR Newsletter\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 January 2011)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"This book is an ideal teaching resource for both undergraduate and postgraduate students. It will also be of value to researchers of various disciplines from medicine to mathematics with a professional interest in image processing.\" (\u003ci\u003eZentralblatt MATH\u003c\/i\u003e, 2010)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Image Transformations 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Singular value decomposition 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Haar, Walsh and Hadamard transforms 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Discrete Fourier transform 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The even symmetric discrete cosine transform (EDCT) 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The odd symmetric discrete cosine transform (ODCT) 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 The even antisymmetric discrete sine transform (EDST) 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The odd antisymmetric discrete sine transform (ODST) 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Statistical Description of Images 177\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Random fields 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Karhunen-Loeve transform 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Independent component analysis 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Image Enhancement 293\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Elements of linear filter theory 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Reducing high frequency noise 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Reducing low frequency interference 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Histogram manipulation 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Generic deblurring algorithms 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Image Restoration 395\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Homogeneous linear image restoration: inverse filtering 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Homogeneous linear image restoration: Wiener filtering 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Homogeneous linear image restoration: Constrained matrix inversion 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Inhomogeneous linear image restoration: the whirl transform 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Nonlinear image restoration: MAP estimation 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Geometric image restoration 513\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Image Segmentation and Edge Detection 527\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Image segmentation 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Edge detection 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Phase congruency and the monogenic signal 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Image Processing for Multispectral Images 669\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Image preprocessing for multispectral images 671\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The physics and psychophysics of colour vision 700\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Colour image processing in practice 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliographical notes 775\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 777\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 781\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733787685207,"sku":"9780470745861","price":64.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470745861.jpg?v=1720001688"},{"product_id":"highspeed-vlsi-interconnections-9780471780465","title":"HighSpeed VLSI Interconnections","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Second Edition focuses on emerging topics and advances in the field of VLSI interconnections\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e In the decade since High-Speed VLSI Interconnections was first published, several major developments have taken place in the field. Now, updated to reflect these advancements, this Second Edition includes new information on copper interconnections, nanotechnology circuit interconnects, electromigration in the copper interconnections, parasitic inductances, and RLC models for comprehensive analysis of interconnection delays and crosstalk.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Each chapter is designed to exist independently or as a part of one coherent unit, and several appropriate exercises are provided at the end of each chapter, challenging the reader to gain further insight into the contents being discussed. Chapter subjects include:\u003cbr\u003e *\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Preliminary Concepts\u003cbr\u003e *\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Parasitic Resistances, Capacitances, and Inductances\u003cbr\u003e *\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Interconnection Delays\u003cbr\u003e *\u0026lt;\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1. Preliminary Concepts and More.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Interconnections for VLSI Applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Metallic Interconnections - Multilevel, Multilayer and Multipath Configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Optical Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Superconducting Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Advantages of Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Challenges Posed by Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Fabrication Processes for Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Damascene Processing of Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Method of Images.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Method of Moments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Even and Odd Mode Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Two Coupled Conductors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Three Coupled Conductors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Transmission Line Equations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Miller’s Theorem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Inverse Laplace Transformation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 A Resistive Interconnection as a Ladder Network.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.1 Open Circuit Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.2 Short Circuited Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9.3 Application of the Ladder Approximation to a Multipath Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 Propagation Modes in a Microstrip Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Slow-Wave Mode Propagation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.1 Quasi-TEM Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11.2 Comparison with Experimental Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12 Propagation Delays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Parasitic Resistances, Capacitances and Inductances.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Parasitic Resistances - General Considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Parasitic Capacitances - General Considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Parallel Plate Capacitance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Fringing Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Coupling Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Parasitic Inductances - General Considerations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Self and Mutual Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Partial Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Methods for Inductance Extraction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Effect of Inductances on Interconnection Delays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Approximate Formulas for Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Single Line on a Ground Plane.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Two Lines on a Ground Plane.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Three Lines on a Ground Plane.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Single Plate with Finite Dimensions on a Ground Plane.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Green’s Function Method - Using Method of Images.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Green’s Function Matrix for Interconnections Printed on the Substrate.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Green’s Function Matrix for Interconnections Embedded in the Substrate.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Application of the Method of Moments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Even and Odd Mode Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Ground and Coupling Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.6 The Program IPCSGV.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.7 Parametric Dependence of Interconnection Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 The Green’s Function Method - Fourier Integral Approach.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Green’s Function for Multilevel Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Multiconductor Interconnection Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Piecewise Linear Charge Distribution Function.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4 Calculation of Interconnection Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The Network Analogue Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Representation of Subregions by Network Analogues.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 Diagonalized System for Single Level Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Diagonalized System for Multilevel Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.4 Interconnection Capacitances and Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.5 The Program “ICIMPGV”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.6 Parametric Dependence of Interconnection Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.7 Parametric Dependence of Interconnection Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Simplified Formulas for Interconnection Capacitances and Inductances on Silicon and GaAs Substrates.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 Line Capacitances and Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2 Coupling Capacitances and Inductances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Inductance Extraction Using FastHenry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.1 The Program \"FastHenry\".\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.2 Extraction Results Using FastHenry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Copper Interconnections - Resistance Modeling.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.1 Effect of Surface\/Interface Scattering on the Interconnection Resistivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.2 Effect of Diffusion Barrier on the Interconnection Resistivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Electrode Capacitances in a GaAs MESFET - An Application of the Program IPCSGV.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11.1 Ground and Coupling Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11.2 The Program “EPCSGM”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11.3 Dependence on MESFET Dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11.4 Comparison with Internal MESFET Capacitances.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Interconnection Delays.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Metal-Insulator-Semiconductor Microstrip Line Model of an Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Transmission Line Analysis of Single Level Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 The Program “PDSIGV”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Dependence on Interconnection Parameters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Transmission Line Analysis of Parallel Multilevel Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Numerical Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Analysis of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Simplified Analysis of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Comprehensive Analysis of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 The Program “SPBIGV”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Simulation Results Using SPBIGV3.5Parallel Interconnections Modeled as Multiple Coupled Microstrips.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Modeling of Lossy Parallel and Crossing Interconnections as Coupled Lumped Distributed Systems.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Very High Frequency Losses in a Microstrip Interconnection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Interconnection Delays With the High-Frequency Effects.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Compact Expressions for Interconnection Delays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 The RC Interconnection Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.2 The RLC Interconnection Model - A Single Semi-Infinite Line.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3 The RLC Interconnection Model - A Single Finite Line.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.4 Single RLC Interconnection - Delay Time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.5 Two and Three Coupled RLC Interconnections - Delay Times.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Interconnection Delays in Multilayer Integrated Circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9.1 The Simplified Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9.2 Simulation Results and Discussion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Active Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.1 Interconnection Delay Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.2 Active Interconnection Driven by Minimum Size Inverters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.3 Active Interconnection Driven by Optimum Size Inverters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.4 Active Interconnection Driven by Cascaded Inverters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.5 Dependence of Propagation Time on the Interconnection Driving Mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Crosstalk Analysis.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1Lumped Capacitance Approximation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2Coupled Multiconductor MIS Microstrip Line Model of Single Level Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Numerical Simulations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Crosstalk Reduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Frequency Domain Modal Analysis of Single Level Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 The General Technique.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Two-Line System.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Three-Line System.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Four-Line System.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Transmission Line Analysis of Parallel Multilevel Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 The Program “DCMPVI”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Numerical Simulations Using DCMPVI.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Analysis of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Effect of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Comprehensive Analysis of Crossing Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Compact Expressions for Crosstalk Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Distributed RC Model for Two Coupled Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Distributed RLC Model for Two Coupled Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Distributed RLC Model for Three Coupled Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Multiconductor Buses in GaAs High-Speed Logic Circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 The Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 Lossless MBUS with Cyclic Boundary Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.3 Simulation Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Electromigration-Induced Failure Analysis.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Electromigration in VLSI Interconnection Metallizations - An Overview.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Problems Caused by Electromigration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Electromigration Mechanism and Factors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Electromigration Under Pulsed-DC and AC Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Testing and Monitoring of Electromigration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 General Guidelines for Testing Electromigration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.6 Reduction of Electromigration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Models of IC Reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Arrhenius Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Mil-Hdbk-217D Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Series Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Series-Parallel Model.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Modeling of Electromigration Due to Repetitive Pulsed Currents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Modeling of Physical Processes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 First-Order Model Development.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Modeling Results for DC Currents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Modeling Results for Pulsed Currents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Electromigration in the Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Electromigration Under DC Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Electromigration Under Pulsed DC Condition.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Electromigration Under Bipolar AC Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Failure Analysis of VLSI Interconnection Components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Reduction of Components into Straight Segments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Calculation of MTF and Lognormal Standard Deviation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 The Program “EMVIC”.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Simulation Results Using EMVIC.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Computer-Aided Failure Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 “RELIANT” for Reliability of VLSI Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 “SPIDER” for Checking Current Density and Voltage Drops in the Interconnection Metallizations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Future Interconnections.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Optical Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Advantages of Optical Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Systems Issues and Challenges.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Material Processing Issues and Challenges.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Design Issues and Challenges.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Transmission Line Models of Lossy Waveguide Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Lossy Waveguide with Single Propagating Wave.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Equivalent Circuits for Waveguide Drivers and Loads.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Lossy Waveguide in an Inhomogenous Medium.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Superconducting Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Advantages of Superconducting Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Propagation Characteristics of Superconducting Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Comparison with Normal Metal Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Nanotechnology Circuit Interconnections - Potential Technologies.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Silicon Nanowires and Metallic Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Nanotube Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Quantum Cell Based Wireless Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Nanotube Integrated Circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Nanotube Interconnections and Vias.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Comparison of Nanotube and Copper Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.3 Nanotubes for High Frequency Applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCD-ROM.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2.1: Listing of the Program “IPCSGV” for Calculating the Parasitic Capacitances for Single Level Interconnections on GaAs-Based VLSI Using the Green’s Function Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2.2: Listing of the Program “ICIMPGV” for Calculating the Parasitic Capacitances and Inductances for Multilevel Interconnections on GaAs-Based VLSI Using the Network Analogue Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2.3: Listing of the Program “EPCSGM” for Calculating the Electrode Parasitic Capacitances in a Single-Gate GaAs MESFET.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3.1: Listing of the Program “PDSIGV” for Calculating the Propagation Delays in the Single Level Interconnections on GaAs-Based VLSI.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3.2: Listing of the Program \"IPDMSR\" for Calculating the Propagation delays in an Interconnection Driven by Minimum Size Repeaters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3.3: Listing of the Program \"IPDOSR\" for Calculating the Propagation delays in an Interconnection Driven by Optimum Size Repeaters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3.4: Listing of the Program \"IPDCR\" for Calculating the Propagation delays in an Interconnection Driven by Cascaded Repeaters.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4.1: Listing of the Program “DCMPVI” for Delay and Crosstalk Analysis of Multilevel Parallel VLSI Interconnections.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4.2: Listing of the Program “SPBIGV” for Signal Propagation Analysis of Bilevel Crossing Interconnections on GaAs-Based VLSI.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 5.1: Listing of the Program “EMVIC” for Electromigration-Induced Failure Analysis of VLSI Interconnection Components.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733788504407,"sku":"9780471780465","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"microwave-radar-and-radiometric-remote-sensing-9780472119356","title":"Microwave Radar and Radiometric Remote Sensing","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 1000-page book covers theoretical models, system design and operation, and geoscientific applications of active and passive microwave remote sensing systems. It is designed as a textbook for a postgraduate course, as well as a reference for the practicing professional. To facilitate understanding and use of the material, the book includes 50 MATLAB-based computer codes and the book's website includes interactive modules based on theoretical and empirical models. The book is a must-have for every scientist and engineer with interest in microwave remote sensing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction; Electromagnetic Wave Propagation; Remote-Sensing Antennas; Microwave Dielectric Properties of Natural Earth Materials; Radar Scattering; Microwave Radiometry and Radiative Transfer; Microwave Radiometric Systems; Microwave Interaction with Atmospheric Constituents; Radiometric Sounding of the Atmosphere; Surface-Scattering Models and Land Observations; Volume-Scattering Models and Land Observations; Emission Models and Land Observations; Radar Measurements and Scatterometers; Real- and Synthetic-Aperture Side-Looking Airborne Radar; Interferometric SAR; Radar Remote Sensing of the Ocean; Spaceborne Altimetry; Radiometric Remote Sensing of the Ocean.","brand":"The University of Michigan Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733788701015,"sku":"9780472119356","price":155.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780472119356.jpg?v=1720001692"},{"product_id":"a-guide-to-feedback-theory-9780521153935","title":"A Guide to Feedback Theory","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo you need to understand feedback? Perhaps you''re a little rusty on theory basics? Dig in to this self-contained guide for an accessible and concise explanation of the fundamentals. Distills the relevant essence of linear system theory, calculus, differential equations, linear algebra, basic physics, numerical methods, and complex analysis, and links them back to an explanation of feedback theory. Provides a tight synthesis of analytical and conceptual understanding. Maintains a focus on common use cases. Whether you are a struggling undergraduate, a doctoral student preparing for your qualifying exams, or an industry practitioner, this easy-to-understand book invites you to relax, enjoy the material, and follow your curiosity.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'Feedback theory is an intrinsically mathematical discipline in which one can feel either submerged by formulae or driven to use blind computer simulations that hide insight. Dawson's approach is to extract visceral meaning out of this tangle, arguing that a deep understanding of dynamic stability criteria can free the designer from 'equational overload' and lead to incisive selection of the right mathematical tool for the job at hand.' Stephen D. Senturia, Massachusetts Institute of Technology\u003cbr\u003e'Feedback is perhaps the most foundational concept for electronics and control systems in general, but it is often covered for specific circuits for the former, and in terms of theoretical concepts for the latter. This book provides us with a unique perspective of how feedback theory in general relates to practical systems and electronics applications.' Larry Pileggi, Carnegie Mellon University\u003cbr\u003e'Recommended.' D. Z. Spicer, Choice Magazine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface; 1. Linear Systems: What You Missed the First Time; 2. The Basics of Feedback; 3. The Nyquist Stability Criterion; 4. Some Common Loose Ends; 5. Feedback in the Real World; 6. Conclusion and Further Reading; Notes; Index.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48733847519575,"sku":"9780521153935","price":21.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780521153935.jpg?v=1720001873"},{"product_id":"twoway-radios-and-scanners-for-dummies-9780764595820","title":"TwoWay Radios and Scanners for Dummies","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eDiscover a fun new hobby with helpful possibilities\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Get directions, talk to folks overseas, or find out whether the fish are biting\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Want to check out the morning news in London, help out in emergencies, or tune in to the big race? Two-way radios open up a world of possibilities - literally. This handy guide tells you about the equipment you need, fills you in on radio etiquette, shows you how to stay legal, and gives you lots of cool ideas for family-friendly radio activities.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Discover how to\u003cbr\u003e * Use the right radio lingo\u003cbr\u003e * Choose and operate different types of radios\u003cbr\u003e * Get a license if you need one\u003cbr\u003e * Communicate in emergencies\u003cbr\u003e * Program a scanner\u003cbr\u003e * Tune in to sporting events\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat You’re Not to Read 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFoolish Assumptions 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow This Book Is Organized 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart I: Making Radio a Hobby, a Habit, or a Helper 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart II: Two-Way Radios at Home, Work, and Play 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart III: Listening In: Scanning and Shortwave Listening 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart IV: Getting Technical with Your Radio 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart V: The Part of Tens 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventions Used in This Book 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Go From Here 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I: Making Radio a Habit, a Hobby, or a Helper 7\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introducing Radios and the Wireless World 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding How Radios Fit into a Wireless World 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRadios, PCs, and phones — Oh, my! 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy get enthusiastic about radio? 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunicating person to person 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommunicating in an emergency 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing your radio for fun 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePutting radios to work 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Radio’s Unique (And Magical) Forms 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat You Can Do with a Radio 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoger: Sharing information 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing your radio at work 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening in with a scanner 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChasing broadcasts 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing Radio Rules and Regulations 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Training (If You Need To) 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBooks and videos 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOnline training 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn-person training 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou, Too, Can Build and Fix Your Own Radio 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLimitations on opening the hood 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKits and homebrewing 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Discovering the Art and Science of Radio 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDoing the Wave: How Radio Waves Work 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing frequency 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeasuring frequency across the spectrum 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding wavelengths 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting From Here to There: Propagation 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSignals on the ground and in the sky 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReflections 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe weather, the sun, and the seasons 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat You Hear Is What You Get: Modulation 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmplitude modulation (AM) 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFrequency modulation (FM) 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTerms of Endearment: Using the Language of Radio 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding controls and features 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe antenna 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe contact 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Making Radio Fit Your Life 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeeing What Makes Radio Services and Allocations Different 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharacterizing services by frequency and modulation 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharacterizing services based on equipment limitations 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComparing Two-Way Radio Services 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing Between the Services 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuying Equipment to Fit Your Budget 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a License When You Need To 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWho made them king? — The FCC 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegistering with the FCC online 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the ULS and applying for a new license 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eColoring Inside the Lines: Basic Rules 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBroadcasting (one-way transmissions) 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIdentifying your station 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecognizing power and antenna limits 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModifying your radio 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoiding naughty talk 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhere to Find All the Rules and Regulations 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II: Two-Way Radios at Home, Work, and Play 53\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: A Radio in Your Pocket: FRS\/GMRS Radios 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the FRS and GMRS Services 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a GMRS License 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Basic Radio Features 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating controls 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndicators 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing privacy codes 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRings and beeps 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTable of Contents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic Operating Skills 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHolding the radio correctly 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a PTT radio 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning how to speak 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a headset 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanning 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing call signs 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eParticipating in public communications 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Your Radio at Public Events and Places 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Your Radio in the Great Outdoors 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaximizing Your Range 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRepeating Yourself 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a Radio 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRange: Specifications versus reality 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBatteries: Buying packs or individual cells? 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWarranty and reliability 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther options to consider 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGMRS-specific options 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Antennas and Accessories 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAntennas and cables 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMicrophones 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHeadphones and headsets 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBike and motorcycle accessories 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBattery chargers and power adapters 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Breaker, Breaker: Using Citizens Band 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCB Basics 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting help from experienced users 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the lowdown on licenses and requirements 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing CB frequencies and channels 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Uses for Your CB Radio 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting To Know Your Radio 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnder control: Knobs and switches 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeeping an eye on indicators 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a gander at the back panel 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLittle extras for higher-end radios 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating Your CB 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReceiving your first CB transmissions 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling noises and interference 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking your initial communications test 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePicking a handle 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning communications basics 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing Out and About with Your CB 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Your CB for Emergency Communications 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShopping on the CB Channel 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding your SWR meter 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSounding great: Microphone madness 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing and using antennas 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating on the Right Side of the Law 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo-Way Radios \u0026amp; Scanners For Dummies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Communicating in Emergencies 99\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMatching Radios and Emergencies 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeciding who you plan to talk to 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrioritizing the what and why 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFirming up how and when you’ll communicate 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFilling in the blanks 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeing Ready 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking and Responding to Calls for Help 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking a call for help 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReceiving a call for help 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisaster Response 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePractice Makes Perfect 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Workaday Wireless: Business Radio Services 109\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing the Right Business Radio Service 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMulti-Use Radio Service: MURS 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivate Land Mobile Radio Services 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Professional Radio Service Provider 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRadio system terms 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStaying in touch with dot and star channels even when you’re itinerant 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLicensing your business radio 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating Your Business Radio 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: Ladies and Gentlemen, Ships at Sea: Marine Radio 117\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing VHF Harbor and Waterway Radio 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing your marine VHF radio controls 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a marine VHF radio 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing an antenna for your marine VHF radio 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Marine Radio’s Advanced Features 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDigital Selective Calling (DSC) 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAutomatic Identification System (AIS) 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSaltwater Communications: HF Marine Radio 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing your distress channels 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperating a marine HF SSB radio 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a marine HF radio and antenna 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBasic Marine Radio Do’s and Don’ts 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerforming Basic Radio Tasks in the Water 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSatellite Radio and Marine E-mail 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting That License 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Citizen Wireless: Amateur Radio 135\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTuning In Ham Radio Today 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHam radio core values 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommon ham radio activities 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing electronics and technology 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding the Ham Bands 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding shortwave hams 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVHF, UHF, and microwave signals 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a Ticket: The Ham Kind 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding why an exam is required 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreparing for the exam 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing which exam to take 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III: Listening In: Scanning and Shortwave Listening 143\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: One Adam 12: Scanner Basics 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening: Oh, the Signals You’ll Hear 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting scanner basics 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing channels and services 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing AM, FM, and digital signals 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimplex communications and repeaters 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDispatch versus one-to-one communication 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Radio Population 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBusiness users 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGovernment users 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMilitary users 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHobbyists and other individual users 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublic and private aviation users 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLearning How to Use A Scanner 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHandling basic controls and use 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguring your scanner 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing the Rules of Scanning 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrunking Systems 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining trunking 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing your scanner to monitor calls on a trunked system 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgramming Your Scanner 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding frequencies 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a PC with your scanner 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing Scanners and Antennas 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: Scanning Public Service and Safety Radio Transmissions 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking Down Your Local Government 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcquiring and saving data on your computer 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransferring data to your scanner software 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanning Trunked Systems 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMotorola Type I 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMotorola Type II 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEDACS and LTR 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up a Trunked System on Your Scanner 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCracking Codes and Learning Lingo 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHelping, Not Hindering 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: Radio Aloft: Aviation Radio Transmissions 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eActivity on the Aviation Bands 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Frequencies 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGround Control to Major Tom: Airport Operations 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening to Air Traffic Between Airports 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStrangling Your Parrot: Aviation Jargon 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: Radios in Uniform: Government Radio Transmissions 187\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanning the Military 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding military facilities 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding armed forces facilities 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring military aviation communications 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing Civilian Agencies 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep Away from the Radio: Following the Rules of Sensible Scanning 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14: Radio in Action: Recreational Radio Transmissions 195\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking a Scanner to the Races 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscovering what you can hear 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the inside track on frequencies 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a racing scanner 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWinging It at Air Shows and Fly-Ins 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting airfield communications 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening in on performer communications 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Your Radio on the Run and into the Crowd 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing your radio at a race 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing radio technology at a concert or convention 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting the Right Accessories 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWant to Get Involved? 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScanning Tips 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 15: Surfing the Air World: Shortwave Listening 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Shortwave Broadcasters 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening to amateur radio on SW bands 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring commercial, government, and military broadcasts 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing shortwaves to receive data and miscellaneous signals 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing and Using SW Radios and Antennas 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a radio 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing common SW radio controls 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo-Way Radios \u0026amp; Scanners For Dummies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a shortwave antenna 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding your own antenna 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding SW equipment vendors 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eShortwave Signal Propagation 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHops, skips, and jumps: Understanding how the ionosphere affects propagation 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding other atmospheric conditions that affect propagation 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing World Time 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing a Program Guide 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfirming Your Reception 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncluding the right information in your QSL 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting station addresses 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSWL Web References 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart IV: Getting Technical with Your Radio 227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 16: Building Your Radio Toolbox 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcquiring the Right Tools 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely required tools 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNot absolutely required, but certainly handy, tools 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding bargain toolsets 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCleaning tools you must have 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting a toolbox 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStocking Stuff 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStocking extra adapters and connecters 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStocking other odds and ends 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Mechanics of Stocking Spare Parts over Time 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding Education and Training 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting freebies from manufacturers and retailers 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisiting individual or club Web sites 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting information from books 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking online courses 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 17: A Spark of Electronic Know-How 243\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding the Relationship between Amps, Volts, Watts, and Ohms 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeasuring current 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding voltage basics 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCalculating power 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing resistance 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking calculations with Ohm’s law 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWires, Cables, and Connecters 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWires 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCables and Cords 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecters 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with Safety Issues 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTwo-Way Radios \u0026amp; Scanners For Dummies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 18: Installing Radios Right 257\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling Your Radio at Home 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up a safe radio environment 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up your very own radio central 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessories 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a computer to your radio operation 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding the right furniture 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing antennas and feedlines 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Your Mobile Installation Rolling 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding vehicle radio safety issues 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up a power supply for your car radio 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding a home for the radio in your car 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing antennas and feedlines in the car 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing and Installing Connectors 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCrimp terminals 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRF connectors 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 19: Getting a Charge Out of Batteries 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Battery Basics 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAh Introducing Amp Hours and Characteristic Voltage 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisposable Batteries versus Rechargeable Batteries 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDisposable batteries 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRechargeable batteries 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploring the World of Battery Packs 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollowing Basic Battery Tips 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdhering to the Rules of Battery Safety 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCharging and discharging batteries safely 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStoring and handling batteries with care 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSafely disposing of batteries 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 20: Putting Your Computer to Work 299\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Sure Your PC and Radio Are Compatible 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining software compatibility 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining hardware compatibility 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDecoding signals 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing a Signal Interface 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking the Connection 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the control connection 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up the radio audio and keying connection 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConnecting the sound card 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting the levels 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTroubleshooting Your Computer and Your Radio 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommon radio problem #1 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommon radio problem #2 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat to do if you still have a problem 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 21: Troubleshooting Your Radio 311\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHunting the Wily Mr Murphy 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProsecuting Power Problems 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnticipating and preventing ac power problems 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with dc power problems 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSolving Operating Problems 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBanishing Noise 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeutralizing power line noise 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAngling around appliance noise 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNullifying noise from engines 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAttacking atmospheric noise 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDealing with Interference 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReceived interference 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvoiding being the cause of interference 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVisiting the Radio Doctor 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart V: The Part of Tens 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 22: Ten Radio Secrets 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListening Rules 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTalking Louder Doesn’t Do You Any Good 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt’s All in the Antenna 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe FCC Does, Too, Care 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Your Radio Correctly the First Time 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding the Hot Spot 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning for the Worst 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting What You Pay For 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollowing the Ten Count 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscovering the Best Way to Relax 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 23: Ten Emergency Tips 333\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Your Radio Regularly 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Yourself under Control 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSupplying Just the Facts 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeing Smart with Resources 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKnowing Where to Tune 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking Advantage of Geography 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting Everything Down and Keeping It Short 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollowing the Plan 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Buddy System 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePractice, Practice, Practice 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 24: Ten Radio First-Aid Techniques 337\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResetting the Radio 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplacing Lost Antennas 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePutting the Wrong Batteries to the Right Use 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFixing a Faulty Pushbutton 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking around a Broken Speaker 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSplicing Together Torn Wires 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking through Wind and Noise 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRescuing an Immersed Radio 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding an Emergency Charger 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Do with the Tools around You 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 25: Ten New Ways to Have Fun with Your Radio 341\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirection Finding 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHilltopping 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConducting Coverage Tests: Can You Hear Me Now? 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing on a Radio Scavenger Hunt 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRiding at a Radio Rodeo 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Radio Scoreboards 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGoing to a Hamfest 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWeather Watching 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWildlife Tracking 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eJoining a Club 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix: Glossary 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 355\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48737240580439,"sku":"9780764595820","price":22.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780764595820.jpg?v=1723811063"},{"product_id":"scalability-density-and-decision-making-in-cognitive-wireless-networks-9781107015494","title":"Scalability Density and Decision Making in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis cohesive treatment of cognitive radio and networking technology integrates information and decision theory to provide insight into relationships throughout all layers of networks and across all wireless applications. It encompasses conventional considerations of spectrum and waveform selection and covers topology determination, routing policies, content positioning and future hybrid architectures that fully integrate wireless and wired services. Emerging flexibility in spectrum regulation and the imminent adoption of spectrum-sharing policies make this topic of immediate relevance both to the research community and to the commercial wireless community.   Features specific examples of decision-making structures and criteria required to extend network density and scaling to unprecedented levels  Integrates sensing, control plane and content operations into a single cohesive structure  Provides simpler and more powerful models of network operation  Presents a unique approach to decis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'This is an extremely important text that comes at a critical time in the evolution of our understanding of both the characteristics of the spectrum need and the means by which this increasingly urgent need can be satisfied. [Marshall] has been one of the long term leaders in the development of the framework for dynamic spectrum access networks and cognitive radio technology, giving him a historic as well as current perspective on the challenges. The insights in this book should be of enormous value to students, active researchers, wireless systems developers, and regulatory and policy leaders.' Dennis A. Roberson, Illinois Institute of Technology\u003cbr\u003e'… highly original and brilliantly insightful. Preston Marshall has examined cognitive technologies under three essential key headings - scalability, density and decision-making. In doing this he unlocks the power of cognitive technologies and builds a realisable and compelling vision for communication networks of the future. Every section … is full of new ideas and insights that could only be written by someone who has been a leader in this field and has a handle on the bigger picture as well as a deep understanding of the technical details. This book is so far removed from the myriad of books that simple relate information to the reader. It is packed full of ideas, opinions and most crucially supporting evidence … a breath of fresh air … essential reading for someone who has any interest in how the challenges for communication systems of the future will be met.' Linda Doyle, University of Dublin\u003cbr\u003e'… a refreshing take … I strongly recommend this book to both scholars and experts in the field, and I am convinced that it will be frequently used as reference material for all interested in the future potential of cognitive wireless networks.' Shaunak Joshi, IEEE Communications Magazine\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface; Part I. Overview: 1. Introduction; 2. Theoretical foundations; 3. Future wireless operation, environments and dynamic spectrum access; 4. Fundamental challenges in cognitive radio and wireless systems; Part II. Generalized Environmental Characterization: 5. The spectrum and channel environment; 6. Propagation modeling, characterization and control; 7. The connectivity environment; 8. The information and content environment; Part III. System Performance of Cognitive Wireless Systems: 9. Network scaling; 10. Network physical density limitations; 11. Network sensing and exchange information effectiveness; 12. Content access information effectiveness; 13. Minimizing nonlinear circuit effects; Part IV. Integrated Analysis and Decision-Making: 14. Awareness structure for cognitive wireless systems; 15. Instantiating and updating beliefs across wireless networks; 16. Decision-making structure for cognitive wireless systems; Part V. Summary: 17. Further research needs in cognitive wireless networks; Appendix A. Terms and acronyms; Appendix B. Symbols; Appendix C. Mathematica and MATLAB routines.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738234335575,"sku":"9781107015494","price":106.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781107015494.jpg?v=1723811845"},{"product_id":"the-quantum-internet-9781108491457","title":"The Quantum Internet","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA highly interdisciplinary overview of the emerging topic of the Quantum Internet. Current and future quantum technologies are covered in detail, in addition to their global socio-economic impact. Written in an engaging style and accessible to graduate students in physics, engineering, computer science and mathematics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e'This book explores the technical and socioeconomic aspects of a future quantum internet … The volume will be a valuable acquisition for any institution supporting research in quantum computing or, more broadly, the emerging science and engineering of quantum information … Highly recommended.' M. C. Ogilvie, Choice Connect\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePart I. Introduction: 1. Foreword; 2. Introduction. Part II. Classical Networks: 3. Mathematical representation of networks; 4. Network topologies; 5. Network algorithms. Part III. Quantum Networks: 6. Quantum channels; 7. Optical encoding of quantum information; 8. Errors in quantum networks; 9. Quantum cost vector analysis; 10. Routing strategies; 11. Interconnecting and interfacing quantum networks; 12. Optical routers; 13. Optical stability in quantum networks. Part IV. Protocols for the Quantum Internet: 14. State preparation; 15. Measurement; 16. Evolution; 17. High-level protocols. Part V. Entanglement Distribution: 18. Entanglement – The ultimate quantum resource; 19. Quantum repeater networks; 20. The irrelevance of latency; 21. The quantum Sneakernet™. Part VI. Quantum Cryptography: 22. What is security?; 23. Classical cryptography; 24. Attacks on classical cryptography; 25. Bitcoin and the blockchain; 26. Quantum cryptography; 27. Attacks on quantum cryptography. Part VII. Quantum Computing: 28. Models for quantum computation; 29. Quantum algorithms. Part VIII. Cloud Quantum Computing: 30. The Quantum Cloud™; 31. Encrypted cloud quantum computation. Part IX. Economics and Politics: 32. Classical-equivalent computational power and computational scaling functions; 33. Per-qubit computational power; 34. Time-sharing; 35. Economic model assumptions; 36. Network power; 37. Network value; 38. Rate of return; 39. Market competitiveness; 40. Cost of computation; 41. Arbitrage-free time-sharing model; 42. Problem size scaling functions; 43. Quantum computational leverage; 44. Static computational return; 45. Forward contract pricing model; 46. Political leverage; 47. Economic properties of the qubit marketplace; 48. Economic implications; 49. Game theory of the qubit marketplace. Part X. Essays: 50. The era of quantum supremacy; 51. The global virtual quantum computer; 52. The economics of the quantum internet; 53. Security implications of the global quantum internet; 54. Geostrategic quantum politics; 55. The quantum ecosystem. Part XI. The End: 56. Conclusion. References. Index.","brand":"Cambridge University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738311635287,"sku":"9781108491457","price":49.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781108491457.jpg?v=1723811915"},{"product_id":"noise-and-vibration-analysis-9781118962183","title":"Noise and Vibration Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotation xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Noise and Vibration 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Noise and Vibration Analysis 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Application Areas 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Analysis of Noise and Vibrations 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Standards 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Becoming a Noise and Vibration Analysis Expert 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Dynamic Signals and Systems 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Periodic Signals 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Random Signals 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Transient Signals 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 RMS Value and Power 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Linear Systems 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The Continuous Fourier Transform 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Chapter Summary 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Problems 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Time Data Analysis 39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction to Discrete Signals 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 The Sampling Theorem 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Filters 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Time Series Analysis 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Chapter Summary 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Problems 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Statistics and Random Processes 71\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction to the Use of Statistics 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Random Theory 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Statistical Methods 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Quality Assessment of Measured Signals 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Chapter Summary 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Problems 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Fundamental Mechanics 97\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Newton’s Laws 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The Single Degree-of-Freedom System (SDOF) 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Alternative Quantities for Describing Motion 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Frequency Response Plot Formats 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Determining Natural Frequency and Damping Ratio 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Rotating Mass 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Some Comments on Damping 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Models Based on SDOF Approximations 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 The Two Degree of Freedom System (2DOF) 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 The Tuned Damper 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Chapter Summary 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Problems 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Modal Analysis Theory 129\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Waves on a String 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Matrix Formulations 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Frequency Response of MDOF Systems 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Free Decays 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Chapter Summary 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Problems 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Transducers for Noise and Vibration Analysis 159\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 The Piezoelectric Effect 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Charge Amplifier 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Transducers with Built-In Impedance Converters, “IEPE” 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Piezoelectric Accelerometer 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 The Piezoelectric Force Transducer 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 The Impedance Head 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 The Impulse Hammer 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Accelerometer Calibration 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Measurement Microphones 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Microphone Calibration 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 The Geophone 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.12 MEMS-based Sensors 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.13 Shakers for Structure Excitation 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.14 Some Comments on Measurement Procedures 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.15 Problems 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Frequency Analysis Theory 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Periodic Signals – The Fourier Series 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Spectra of Periodic Signals 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Random Processes 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Transient Signals 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Interpretation of Spectra 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Chapter Summary 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Problems 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Experimental Frequency Analysis 195\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Frequency Analysis Principles 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Octave and Third-Octave Band Spectra 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Chapter Summary 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Problems 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Spectrum and Correlation Estimates Using the DFT 229\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Averaging 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Spectrum Estimators for Periodic Signals 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Estimators for PSD and CSD 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Estimators for Correlation Functions 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Estimators for Transient Signals 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 A Signal Processing Framework for Spectrum and Correlation Estimation 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Spectrum Estimation in Practice 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Multichannel Spectral and Correlation Analysis 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Chapter Summary 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Problems 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Measurement and Analysis Systems 281\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Principal Design 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Hardware for Noise and Vibration Analysis 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 FFT Analysis Software 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Chapter Summary 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Problems 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Rotating Machinery Analysis 303\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Vibrations in Rotating Machines 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Understanding Time–Frequency Analysis 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Rotational Speed Signals (Tachometer Signals) 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 RPM Maps 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Smearing 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Order Tracks 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Synchronous Sampling 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Averaging Rotation-Speed-Dependent Signals 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Adding Change in RMS with Time 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 Parametric Methods 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Chapter Summary 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.12 Problems 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Single-input Frequency Response Measurements 327\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Linear Systems 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Determining Frequency Response Experimentally 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Important Relationships for Linear Systems 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 The Coherence Function 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Errors in Determining the Frequency Response 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Coherent Output Power 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 The Coherence Function in Practice 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Impact Excitation 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Shaker Excitation 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Examples of FRF Estimation – No Extraneous Noise 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Example of FRF Estimation – With Output Noise 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.12 Examples of FRF Estimation – With Input and Output Noise 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.13 Chapter Summary 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.14 Problems 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Multiple-Input Frequency Response Measurement 369\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Multiple-Input Systems 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Conditioned Input Signals 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Bias and Random Errors for Multiple-Input Systems 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Excitation Signals for MIMO Analysis 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Data Synthesis and Simulation Examples 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Real MIMO Data Case 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Chapter Summary 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Problems 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Orthogonalization of Signals 401\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Principal Components 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Virtual Signals 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Noise Source Identification (NSI) 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Chapter Summary 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Problems 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Experimental Modal Analysis 425\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction to Experimental Modal Analysis 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Experimental Setup 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Introduction to Modal Parameter Extraction 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 SDOF Parameter Extraction 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 The Unified Matrix Polynomial Approach, UMPA 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Time Versus Frequency Domain Parameter Extraction for EMA 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Time Domain Parameter Extraction Methods 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Frequency Domain Parameter Extraction Methods 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Methods for Mode Shape Estimation and Scaling 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Evaluating the Extracted Parameters 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11 Chapter Summary 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12 Problems 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Operational Modal Analysis (OMA) 495\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Principles for OMA 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Data Acquisition Principles 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 OMA Modal Parameter Extraction for OMA 498\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Scaling OMA Modal Models 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Chapter Summary 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Problems 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Advanced Analysis Methods 517\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Shock Response Spectrum 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 The Hilbert Transform 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Cepstrum Analysis 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 The Envelope Spectrum 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Creating Random Signals with Known Spectral Density 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Identifying Harmonics in Noise 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Harmonic Removal 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Chapter Summary 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.9 Problems 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Practical Vibration Measurements and Analysis 547\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction to a Plexiglas Plate 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Forced Response Simulation 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Spectra of Periodic Signals 556\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Spectra of Random Signals 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Data with Random and Periodic Content 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Operational Deflection Shapes – ODS 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Impact Excitation and FRF Estimation 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 Plexiglas EMA Example 578\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Methods for EMA Modal Parameter Estimation, MPE 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.10 Conclusions of EMA MPE 599\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.11 OMA Examples 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A Complex Numbers 625\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Logarithmic Diagrams 629\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C Decibels 633\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix D Some Elementary Matrix Algebra 635\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix E Eigenvalues and the SVD 639\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE.1 Eigenvalues and Complex Matrices 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eE.2 The Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) 640\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix F Organizations and Resources 643\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix G Checklist for Experimental Modal Analysis Testing 645\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBibliography 647\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 659\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738355478871,"sku":"9781118962183","price":80.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118962183.jpg?v=1723811966"},{"product_id":"digital-speech-transmission-and-enhancement-9781119060963","title":"Digital Speech Transmission and Enhancement","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIGITAL SPEECH TRANSMISSION AND ENHANCEMENT Enables readers to understand the latest developments in speech enhancement\/transmission due to advances in computational   power and device miniaturization The Second Edition of Digital Speech Transmission and Enhancement has been updated throughout to provide all the necessary details on the latest advances in the theory and practice in speech signal processing and its applications, including many new research results, standards, algorithms, and developments which have recently appeared and are on their way into state-of-the-art applications.  Besides mobile communications, which constituted the main application domain of the first edition, speech enhancement for hearing instruments and man-machine interfaces has gained significantly more prominence in the past decade, and as such receives greater focus in this updated and expanded second edition. Readers can expect to find information and novel methods on: Low-latency spectral analysis-synthesis, single-channel and dual-channel algorithms for noise reduction and dereverberationMulti-microphone processing methods, which are now widely used in applications such as mobile phones, hearing aids, and man-computer interfacesAlgorithms for near-end listening enhancement, which provide a significantly increased speech intelligibility for users at the noisy receiving side of their mobile phoneFundamentals of speech signal processing, estimation and machine learning, speech coding, error concealment by soft decoding, and artificial bandwidth extension of speech signals Digital Speech Transmission and Enhancement is a single-source, comprehensive guide to the fundamental issues, algorithms, standards, and trends in speech signal processing and speech communication technology, and as such is an invaluable resource for engineers, researchers, academics, and graduate students in the areas of communications, electrical engineering, and information technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Models of Speech Production and Hearing 5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Sound Waves 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Organs of Speech Production 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Characteristics of Speech Signals 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Model of Speech Production 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Acoustic Tube Model of the Vocal Tract 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Discrete Time All-Pole Model of the Vocal Tract 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Anatomy of Hearing 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Psychoacoustic Properties of the Auditory System 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Hearing and Loudness 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Spectral Resolution 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Masking 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4 Spatial Hearing 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4.1 Head-Related Impulse Responses and Transfer Functions 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.4.2 Law of The First Wavefront 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Spectral Transformations 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Fourier Transform of Continuous Signals 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Fourier Transform of Discrete Signals 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Linear Shift Invariant Systems 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Frequency Response of LSI Systems 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The z-transform 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Relation to Fourier Transform 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Properties of the ROC 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Inverse z-Transform 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 z-Transform Analysis of LSI Systems 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 The Discrete Fourier Transform 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Linear and Cyclic Convolution 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 The DFT of Windowed Sequences 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Spectral Resolution and Zero Padding 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 The Spectrogram 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Fast Computation of the DFT: The FFT 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Radix-2 Decimation-in-Time FFT 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Fast Convolution 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.1 Fast Convolution of Long Sequences 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.2 Fast Convolution by Overlap-Add 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6.3 Fast Convolution by Overlap-Save 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Analysis–Modification–Synthesis Systems 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Cepstral Analysis 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.1 Complex Cepstrum 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.2 Real Cepstrum 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3 Applications of the Cepstrum 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3.1 Construction of Minimum-Phase Sequences 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3.2 Deconvolution by Cepstral Mean Subtraction 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3.3 Computation of the Spectral Distortion Measure 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8.3.4 Fundamental Frequency Estimation 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Filter Banks for Spectral Analysis and Synthesis 79\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Spectral Analysis Using Narrowband Filters 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Short-Term Spectral Analyzer 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Prototype Filter Design for the Analysis Filter Bank 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Short-Term Spectral Synthesizer 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Short-Term Spectral Analysis and Synthesis 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Prototype Filter Design for the Analysis–Synthesis filter bank 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.6 Filter Bank Interpretation of the DFT 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Polyphase Network Filter Banks 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 PPN Analysis Filter Bank 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 PPN Synthesis Filter Bank 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Quadrature Mirror Filter Banks 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Analysis–Synthesis Filter Bank 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Compensation of Aliasing and Signal Reconstruction 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Efficient Implementation 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Filter Bank Equalizer 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 The Reference Filter Bank 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Uniform Frequency Resolution 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Adaptive Filter Bank Equalizer: Gain Computation 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 Conventional Spectral Subtraction 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Filter Bank Equalizer 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Non-uniform Frequency Resolution 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Design Aspects \u0026amp; Implementation 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Stochastic Signals and Estimation 127\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Basic Concepts 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Random Events and Probability 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Conditional Probabilities 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Random Variables 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Probability Distributions and Probability Density Functions 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Conditional PDFs 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Expectations and Moments 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Conditional Expectations and Moments 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Examples 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.1 The Uniform Distribution 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.2 The Gaussian Density 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.3 The Exponential Density 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.4 The Laplace Density 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.5 The Gamma Density 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2.6 \u003ci\u003eχ\u003c\/i\u003e\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e-Distribution 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Transformation of a Random Variable 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Relative Frequencies and Histograms 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Bivariate Statistics 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Marginal Densities 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Expectations and Moments 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Uncorrelatedness and Statistical Independence 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Examples of Bivariate PDFs 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4.1 The Bivariate Uniform Density 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4.2 The Bivariate Gaussian Density 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Functions of Two Random Variables 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Probability and Information 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Entropy 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Kullback–Leibler Divergence 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Cross-Entropy 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 Mutual Information 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Multivariate Statistics 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Multivariate Gaussian Distribution 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Gaussian Mixture Models 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Stochastic Processes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Stationary Processes 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Auto-Correlation and Auto-Covariance Functions 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Cross-Correlation and Cross-Covariance Functions 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Markov Processes 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.5 Multivariate Stochastic Processes 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Estimation of Statistical Quantities by Time Averages 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Ergodic Processes 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Short-Time Stationary Processes 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Power Spectrum and its Estimation 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 White Noise 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 The Periodogram 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 Smoothed Periodograms 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3.1 Non Recursive Smoothing in Time 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3.2 Recursive Smoothing in Time 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3.3 Log-Mel Filter Bank Features 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.4 Power Spectra and Linear Shift-Invariant Systems 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Statistical Properties of Speech Signals 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Statistical Properties of DFT Coefficients 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 Asymptotic Statistical Properties 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Signal-Plus-Noise Model 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 Statistics of DFT Coefficients for Finite Frame Lengths 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Optimal Estimation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11.1 MMSE Estimation 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11.2 Estimation of Discrete Random Variables 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11.3 Optimal Linear Estimator 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11.4 The Gaussian Case 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11.5 Joint Detection and Estimation 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Non-Linear Estimation with Deep Neural Networks 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1 Basic Network Components 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1.1 The Perceptron 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.1.2 Convolutional Neural Network 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2 Basic DNN Structures 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.1 Fully-Connected Feed-Forward Network 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.2 Autoencoder Networks 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.3 Recurrent Neural Networks 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.4 Time Delay, Wavenet, and Transformer Networks 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.5 Training of Neural Networks 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.6 Stochastic Gradient Descent (SGD) 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12.2.7 Adaptive Moment Estimation Method (ADAM) 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Linear Prediction 181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Vocal Tract Models and Short-Term Prediction 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 All-Zero Model 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 All-Pole Model 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Pole-Zero Model 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Optimal Prediction Coefficients for Stationary Signals 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Optimum Prediction 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Spectral Flatness Measure 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Predictor Adaptation 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Block-Oriented Adaptation 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.1 Auto-Correlation Method 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.2 Covariance Method 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1.3 Levinson–Durbin Algorithm 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Sequential Adaptation 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Long-Term Prediction 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Quantization 211\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Analog Samples and Digital Representation 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Uniform Quantization 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Non-uniform Quantization 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Optimal Quantization 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Adaptive Quantization 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Vector Quantization 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Principle 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 The Complexity Problem 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Lattice Quantization 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.4 Design of Optimal Vector Code Books 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.5 Gain–Shape Vector Quantization 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Quantization of the Predictor Coefficients 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1 Scalar Quantization of the LPC Coefficients 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2 Scalar Quantization of the Reflection Coefficients 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.3 Scalar Quantization of the LSF Coefficients 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Speech Coding 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Speech-Coding Categories 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Model-Based Predictive Coding 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Linear Predictive Waveform Coding 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 First-Order DPCM 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Open-Loop and Closed-Loop Prediction 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Quantization of the Residual Signal 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.1 Quantization with Open-Loop Prediction 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.2 Quantization with Closed-Loop Prediction 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.3 Spectral Shaping of the Quantization Error 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 ADPCM with Sequential Adaptation 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Parametric Coding 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Vocoder Structures 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 LPC Vocoder 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Hybrid Coding 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Basic Codec Concepts 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Scalar Quantization of the Residual Signal 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Vector Quantization of the Residual Signal 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Residual Signal Coding: RELP 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Analysis by Synthesis: CELP 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3.1 Principle 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3.2 Fixed Code Book 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3.3 Long-Term Prediction, Adaptive Code Book 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Adaptive Postfiltering 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Speech Codec Standards: Selected Examples 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 GSM Full-Rate Codec 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 EFR Codec 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Adaptive Multi-Rate Narrowband Codec (AMR-NB) 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 ITU-T\/G.722: 7 kHz Audio Coding within 64 kbit\/s 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband Codec (AMR-WB) 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.6 Codec for Enhanced Voice Services (EVS) 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.7 Opus Codec IETF RFC 6716 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Concealment of Erroneous or Lost Frames 313\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Concepts for Error Concealment 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Error Concealment by Hard Decision Decoding 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Error Concealment by Soft Decision Decoding 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Parameter Estimation 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.1 MAP Estimation 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.2 MS Estimation 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 The A Posteriori Probabilities 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.1 The A Priori Knowledge 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4.2 The Parameter Distortion Probabilities 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Example: Hard Decision vs. Soft Decision 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Examples of Error Concealment Standards 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Substitution and Muting of Lost Frames 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 AMR Codec: Substitution and Muting of Lost Frames 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 EVS Codec: Concealment of Lost Packets 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Further Improvements 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Bandwidth Extension of Speech Signals 335\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 BWE Concepts 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 BWE using the Model of Speech Production 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Extension of the Excitation Signal 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Spectral Envelope Estimation 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.1 Minimum Mean Square Error Estimation 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.2 Conditional Maximum A Posteriori Estimation 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.3 Extensions 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.4 Simplifications 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Energy Envelope Estimation 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Speech Codecs with Integrated BWE 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 BWE in the GSM Full-Rate Codec 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 BWE in the AMR Wideband Codec 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 BWE in the ITU Codec G.729.1 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 NELE: Near-End Listening Enhancement 361\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Frequency Domain NELE (FD) 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Speech Intelligibility Index NELE Optimization 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1.1 SII-Optimized NELE Example 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Closed-Form Gain-Shape NELE 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2.1 The NoiseProp Shaping Function 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2.2 The NoiseInverse Strategy 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2.3 Gain-Shape Frequency Domain NELE Example 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Time Domain NELE (TD) 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 NELE Processing using Linear Prediction Filters 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Single-Channel Noise Reduction 381\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Linear MMSE Estimators 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Non-causal IIR Wiener Filter 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 The FIR Wiener Filter 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Speech Enhancement in the DFT Domain 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 The Wiener Filter Revisited 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Spectral Subtraction 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Estimation of the A Priori SNR 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3.1 Decision-Directed Approach 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3.2 Smoothing in the Cepstrum Domain 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Quality and Intelligibility Evaluation 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4.1 Noise Oversubtraction 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4.2 Spectral Floor 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4.3 Limitation of the A Priori SNR 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4.4 Adaptive Smoothing of the Spectral Gain 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Spectral Analysis\/Synthesis for Speech Enhancement 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Optimal Non-linear Estimators 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Maximum Likelihood Estimation 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Maximum A Posteriori Estimation 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 MMSE Estimation 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3.1 MMSE Estimation of Complex Coefficients 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3.2 MMSE Amplitude Estimation 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Joint Optimum Detection and Estimation of Speech 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Computation of Likelihood Ratios 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Estimation of the A Priori and A Posteriori Probabilities of Speech Presence 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.1 Estimation of the A Priori Probability 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.2 A Posteriori Speech Presence Probability Estimation 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.3 SPP Estimation Using a Fixed SNR Prior 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 VAD and Noise Estimation Techniques 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.1 Voice Activity Detection 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.1.1 Detectors Based on the Subband SNR 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.2 Noise Power Estimation Based on Minimum Statistics 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.3 Noise Estimation Using a Soft-Decision Detector 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.4 Noise Power Tracking Based on Minimum Mean Square Error Estimation 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.5 Evaluation of Noise Power Trackers 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Noise Reduction with Deep Neural Networks 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.1 Processing Model 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.2 Estimation Targets 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.3 Loss Function 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.4 Input Features 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9.5 Data Sets 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Dual-Channel Noise and Reverberation Reduction 435\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Dual-Channel Wiener Filter 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 The Ideal Diffuse Sound Field and Its Coherence 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Noise Cancellation 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Implementation of the Adaptive Noise Canceller 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Noise Reduction 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Principle of Dual-Channel Noise Reduction 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Binaural Equalization–Cancellation and Common Gain Noise Reduction 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Combined Single- and Dual-Channel Noise Reduction 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Dual-Channel Dereverberation 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Methods Based on Deep Learning 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Acoustic Echo Control 457\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 The Echo Control Problem 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Echo Cancellation and Postprocessing 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Echo Canceller with Center Clipper 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Echo Canceller with Voice-Controlled Soft-Switching 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.3 Echo Canceller with Adaptive Postfilter 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Evaluation Criteria 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 System Distance 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Echo Return Loss Enhancement 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 The Wiener Solution 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 The LMS and NLMS Algorithms 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Derivation and Basic Properties 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Convergence Analysis and Control of the LMS Algorithm 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 Convergence in the Absence of Interference 471\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 Convergence in the Presence of Interference 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.3 Filter Order of the Echo Canceller 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.4 Stepsize Parameter 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Geometric Projection Interpretation of the NLMS Algorithm 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 The Affine Projection Algorithm 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Least-Squares and Recursive Least-Squares Algorithms 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.1 The Weighted Least-Squares Algorithm 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.2 The RLS Algorithm 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.3 NLMS- and Kalman-Algorithm 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.3.1 NLMS Algorithm 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.3.2 Kalman Algorithm 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.3.3 Summary of Kalman Algorithm 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9.3.4 Remarks 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Block Processing and Frequency Domain Adaptive Filters 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.1 Block LMS Algorithm 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2 Frequency Domain Adaptive Filter (FDAF) 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2.1 Fast Convolution and Overlap-Save 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2.2 FLMS Algorithm 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.2.3 Improved Stepsize Control 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.3 Subband Acoustic Echo Cancellation 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.4 Echo Canceller with Adaptive Postfilter in the Frequency Domain 503\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10.5 Initialization with Perfect Sequences 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11 Stereophonic Acoustic Echo Control 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11.1 The Non-uniqueness Problem 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.11.2 Solutions to the Non-uniqueness Problem 508\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Microphone Arrays and Beamforming 517\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Spatial Sampling of Sound Fields 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 The Near-field Model 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.2 The Far-field Model 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.3 Sound Pickup in Reverberant Spaces 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.4 Spatial Correlation Properties of Acoustic Signals 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.5 Uniform Linear and Circular Arrays 522\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.6 Phase Ambiguity in Microphone Signals 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Beamforming 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Delay-and-Sum Beamforming 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Filter-and-Sum Beamforming 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Performance Measures and Spatial Aliasing 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Array Gain and Array Sensitivity 528\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Directivity Pattern 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Directivity and Directivity Index 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.4 Example: Differential Microphones 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Design of Fixed Beamformers 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Minimum Variance Distortionless Response Beamformer 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 MVDR Beamformer with Limited Susceptibility 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.3 Linearly Constrained Minimum Variance Beamformer 538\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.4 Max-SNR Beamformer 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Multichannel Wiener Filter and Postfilter 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Adaptive Beamformers 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.1 The Frost Beamformer 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.2 Generalized Side-Lobe Canceller 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.3 Generalized Side-lobe Canceller with Adaptive Blocking Matrix 546\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7.4 Model-Based Parsimonious-Excitation-Based GSC 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Non-linear Multi-channel Noise Reduction 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 555\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738356199767,"sku":"9781119060963","price":90.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119060963.jpg?v=1723811968"},{"product_id":"classification-parameter-estimation-and-state-estimation-an-engineering-approach-using-matlab-9781119152439","title":"Classification Parameter Estimation and State","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA practical introduction to intelligent computer vision theory, design, implementation, and technology     The past decade has witnessed epic growth in image processing and intelligent computer vision technology.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 The Scope of the Book 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Classification 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Parameter Estimation 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 State Estimation 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Relations between the Subjects 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Engineering 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The Organization of the Book 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Changes from First Edition 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 References 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 PRTools Introduction 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Motivation 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Essential Concepts 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 PRTools Organization Structure and Implementation 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Some Details about PRTools 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Datasets 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Datafiles 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Datafiles Help Information 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Classifiers and Mappings 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Mappings Help Information 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 How to Write Your Own Mapping 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Selected Bibliography 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Detection and Classification 43\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Bayesian Classification 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Uniform Cost Function and Minimum Error Rate 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Normal Distributed Measurements; Linear and Quadratic Classifiers 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Rejection 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Minimum Error Rate Classification with Reject Option 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Detection: The Two-Class Case 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Selected Bibliography 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Parameter Estimation 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Bayesian Estimation 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 MMSE Estimation 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 MAP Estimation 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 The Gaussian Case with Linear Sensors 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Maximum Likelihood Estimation 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Unbiased Linear MMSE Estimation 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Performance Estimators 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Bias and Covariance 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 The Error Covariance of the Unbiased Linear MMSE Estimator 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Data Fitting 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Least Squares Fitting 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Fitting Using a Robust Error Norm 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Regression 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Overview of the Family of Estimators 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Selected Bibliography 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 State Estimation 115\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 A General Framework for Online Estimation 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Models 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Optimal Online Estimation 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Infinite Discrete-Time State Variables 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Optimal Online Estimation in Linear-Gaussian Systems 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Suboptimal Solutions for Non-linear Systems 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Finite Discrete-Time State Variables 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Hidden Markov Models 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Online State Estimation 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Offline State Estimation 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Mixed States and the Particle Filter 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Importance Sampling 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Resampling by Selection 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 The Condensation Algorithm 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Genetic State Estimation 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 The Genetic Algorithm 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Genetic State Estimation 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Computational Issues 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 State Estimation in Practice 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 System Identification 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Observability, Controllability and Stability 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Computational Issues 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Consistency Checks 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Selected Bibliography 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Supervised Learning 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Training Sets 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Parametric Learning 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Gaussian Distribution, Mean Unknown 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Gaussian Distribution, Covariance Matrix Unknown 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Gaussian Distribution, Mean and Covariance Matrix Both Unknown 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Estimation of the Prior Probabilities 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Binary Measurements 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Non-parametric Learning 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Parzen Estimation and Histogramming 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Nearest Neighbour Classification 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Linear Discriminant Functions 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 The Support Vector Classifier 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 The Feedforward Neural Network 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Adaptive Boosting – Adaboost 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Convolutional Neural Network Structure 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Computation and Training of CNNs 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Empirical Evaluation 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Selected Bibliography 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Feature Extraction and Selection 259\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Criteria for Selection and Extraction 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Interclass\/Intraclass Distance 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Chernoff–Bhattacharyya Distance 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Other Criteria 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Feature Selection 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Branch-and-Bound 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Suboptimal Search 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Several New Methods of Feature Selection 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Implementation Issues 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Linear Feature Extraction 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Feature Extraction Based on the Bhattacharyya Distance with Gaussian Distributions 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Feature Extraction Based on Inter\/Intra Class Distance 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 References 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Unsupervised Learning 303\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Feature Reduction 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Principal Component Analysis 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Multidimensional Scaling 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Kernel Principal Component Analysis 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Clustering 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Hierarchical Clustering 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 K-Means Clustering 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Mixture of Gaussians 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Mixture of probabilistic PCA 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Self-Organizing Maps 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Generative Topographic Mapping 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 References 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExercises 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Worked Out Examples 349\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Example on Image Classification with PRTools 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Example on Image Classification 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Example on Face Classification 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Example on Silhouette Classification 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Boston Housing Classification Problem 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Dataset Description 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Simple Classification Methods 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Feature Extraction 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Feature Selection 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.5 Complex Classifiers 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.6 Conclusions 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Time-of-Flight Estimation of an Acoustic Tone Burst 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Models of the Observed Waveform 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Heuristic Methods for Determining the ToF 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Curve Fitting 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Matched Filtering 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 ml Estimation Using Covariance Models for the Reflections 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 Optimization and Evaluation 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Online Level Estimation in a Hydraulic System 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Linearized Kalman Filtering 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Extended Kalman Filtering 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Particle Filtering 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.4 Discussion 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 References 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Topics Selected from Functional Analysis 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: Topics Selected from Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory 421\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C: Probability Theory 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D: Discrete-Time Dynamic Systems 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 459\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738357281111,"sku":"9781119152439","price":89.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119152439.jpg?v=1723811969"},{"product_id":"risk-assessment-9781119483465","title":"Risk Assessment","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eGuides the reader through a risk assessment and shows them the proper tools to be used at the various steps in the process\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis brand new edition of one of the most authoritative books on risk assessment adds ten new chapters to its pages to keep readers up to date with the changes in the types of risk that individuals, businesses, and governments are being exposed to today. It leads readers through a risk assessment and shows them the proper tools to be used at various steps in the process. The book also provides readers with a toolbox of techniques that can be used to aid them in analyzing conceptual designs, completed designs, procedures, and operational risk.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eRisk Assessment: Tools, Techniques, and Their Applications, Second Edition\u003c\/i\u003eincludes expanded case studies and real life examples; coverage on risk assessment software like SAPPHIRE and RAVEN; and end-of-chapter questions for students. Chapters progress from the concept of risk, through the simple \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments vii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1 Introduction to Risk Assessment 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2 Risk Perception 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3 Risks and Consequences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4 Ecological Risk Assessment 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5 Task Analysis Techniques 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6 Preliminary Hazard Analysis 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7 Primer on Probability and Statistics 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8 Mathematical Tools for Updating Probabilities 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9 Developing Probabilities 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10 Quantifying the Unquantifiable 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11 Failure Mode and Effects Analysis 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12 Human Reliability Analyses 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13 Critical Incident Technique 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14 Basic Fault Tree Analysis Technique 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15 Critical Function Analysis 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16 Event Tree and Decision Tree Analysis 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17 Probabilistic Risk Assessment 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18 Probabilistic Risk Assessment Software 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19 Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods Used in Risk Assessment 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20 Risk of an Epidemic 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21 Vulnerability Analysis Technique 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22 Developing Risk Model for Aviation Inspection and Maintenance Tasks 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23 Risk Assessment and Community Planning 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24 Threat Assessment 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25 Project Risk Management 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26 Enterprise Risk Management Overview 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e27 Process Safety Management and Hazard and Operability Assessment 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e28 Emerging Risks 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e29 Process Plant Risk Assessment Example 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e30 Risk Assessment Framework for Detecting, Predicting, and Mitigating Aircraft Material Inspection 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e31 Traffic Risks 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcronyms 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 569\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738359935319,"sku":"9781119483465","price":100.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119483465.jpg?v=1723811973"},{"product_id":"radio-access-network-slicing-and-virtualization-for-5g-vertical-industries-9781119652380","title":"Radio Access Network Slicing and Virtualization","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLearn how radio access network (RAN) slicing allows 5G networks to adapt to a wide range of environments in this masterful resource Radio Access Network Slicing and Virtualization for 5G Vertical Industriesprovides readers with a comprehensive and authoritative examination of crucial topics in the field of radio access network (RAN) slicing. Learn from renowned experts as they detail how this technology supports and applies to various industrial sectors, including manufacturing, entertainment, public safety, public transport, healthcare, financial services, automotive, and energy utilities.    Radio Access Network Slicing and Virtualization for 5G Vertical Industries explains how future wireless communication systems must be built to handle high degrees of heterogeneity, including different types of applications, device classes, physical environments, mobility levels, and carrier frequencies. The authors describe how RAN slicing can be utilized to adapt 5G technologies to such wide-ran\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Editors xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Waveforms and Mixed-Numerology \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 ICI Cancellation Techniques Based on Data Repetition for OFDM Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMiaowen Wen, Jun Li, Xilin Cheng and Xiang Cheng\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 OFDM History 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 OFDM Principle 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Subcarrier Orthogonality 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Discrete Implementation 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 OFDM in Multipath Channel 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Carrier Frequency Offset Effect 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Properties of ICI Coefficients 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Carrier-to-Interference Power Ratio 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 ICI Cancellation Techniques 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 One-Path Cancellation with Mirror Mapping 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.1 MSR Scheme 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1.2 MCSR Scheme 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Two-Path Cancellation with Mirror Mapping 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.1 MCVT Scheme 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.2 MCJT Scheme 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 CIR Comparison 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Experiment on Sea 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Experiment Settings 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Experiment Results 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Summary 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Filtered OFDM: An Insight into Intrinsic In-Band Interference \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJuquan Mao, Lei Zhang and Pei Xiao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Notations 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 System Model for f-OFDM SISO System 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 In-Band Interference Analysis and Discussion 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Channel Diagonalization and In-Band Interference-Free Systems 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 In-Band Interference Power 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 In-Band Interference Mitigation: A Practical Approach for Choosing CR Length 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 An Alternative for In-Band Interference Mitigation: Frequency Domain Equalization (FDE) 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4.1 Linear Equalizers 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4.2 Nonlinear Equalizers 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Numerical Results 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Numerical Results for In-Band Interference 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Conclusion 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Appendix 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Derivation of z\u003ci\u003e\u003csub\u003ek\u003c\/sub\u003e \u003c\/i\u003e38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Appendix 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Proof of 𝚯\u003csub\u003epre\u003c\/sub\u003eBeing a Strict Upper Triangle 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Appendix 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Proof of Property 2.A.2 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Windowed OFDM for Mixed-Numerology 5G and Beyond Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e43\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBowen Yang, Xiaoying Zhang, Lei Zhang, Arman Farhang, Pei Xiao and Muhammad Ali Imran\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 W-OFDM System Model 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Single Numerology System Model 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 System Model for Mixed Numerologies 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Inter-numerology Interference Analysis 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Inter-numerology Interference Analysis for Numerology 1 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Inter-numerology Interference Analysis for Numerology 2 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Numerical Results and Discussion 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Conclusions 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Derivation of (3.9) 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Derivations of (3.28) 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Derivations of (3.30) 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing: Unified Multicarrier Framework \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e63\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAhmad Nimr, Zhongju Li, Marwa Chafii and Gerhard Fettweis\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Overview of MulticarrierWaveforms 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Time–Frequency Representation 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.1 Discrete-Time Representation 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1.2 Relation to Gabor Theory 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 GFDM As a FlexibleWaveform 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 GFDM with Multiple Prototype Pulses 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Generalized Block-Based Multicarrier 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3.1 Transmitter 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3.2 Receiver 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 GFDM As a Flexible Framework 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 GFDM Representations 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Filter Bank Representation 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Vector Representation 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 2D-Block Representation 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.4 GFDM Matrix Structure 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Architecture and Extended Flexibility 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Alternative Interpretation of GFDM 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Extended Flexibility 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Flexible Hardware Architecture 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 GFDM for OFDM Enhancement 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Transmitter 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Receiver 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 LMMSE GFDM-Based Receiver 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Conclusions 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Filter Bank Multicarrier Modulation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e83\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBehrouz Farhang-Boroujeny\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Notations: 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 FBMC Methods 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Theory 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 CMT 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 SMT 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Prototype Filter Design 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Prototype Filters for Time-Invariant Channels 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Prototype Filters for Time-Varying Channels 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Synchronization and Tracking Methods 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Preamble Design 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Channel Tracking 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Timing Tracking 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Equalization 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Computational Complexity 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Applications 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Orthogonal Time–Frequency Space Modulation: Principles and Implementation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e103\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArman Farhang and Behrouz Farhang-Boroujeny\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 OTFS Principles 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 OFDM-Based OTFS 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Channel Impact 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Simplified Modem Structure 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Complexity Analysis 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Recent Results and Potential Research Directions 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II RAN Slicing and 5G Vertical Industries \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Multi-Numerology Waveform Parameter Assignment in 5G \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e123\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAhmet Yazar and Hüseyin Arslan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Problem Definitions 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Literature Review 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Waveform Parameter Options 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Waveform Parameter Assignment 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Conclusion 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Network Slicing with Spectrum Sharing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e137\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYue Liu, Xu Yang and Laurie Cuthbert\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 The Need for Spectrum Sharing 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Historical Approaches to Spectrum Sharing 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Classifications of Spectrum Sharing 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 Orthogonality 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 Sharing Rights 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.3 Allocation of Resources 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Network Slicing in the RAN 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Radio Resource Allocation that Considers Spectrum Sharing 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Example Radio Resource Allocation for Sharing Through Network Slicing 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Other Considerations 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Isolation 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Example Isolation Results Using CAC 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.1 Type A: Baseline – CACWithout Network Isolation and Without Protection for Existing Users 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.2 Type B: Optimum Types – B1 and B2 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1.3 Type C: Without Compensation – C1 and C2 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusions 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Access Control and Handoff Policy Design for RAN Slicing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e167\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYao Sun, Lei Zhang, Gang Feng and Muhammad Ali Imran\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 A Framework of User Access Control for RAN Slicing 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 System Model for RAN Slicing 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 UE Association Problem Description 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Admission Control Mechanisms Design for RAN Slicing 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.1 Optimal QoS AC Mechanism 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.2 Num-AC Mechanism 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Experiments, Results, and Discussions 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Smart Handoff Policy Design for RAN Slicing 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 RAN Slice Based Mobile Network Model 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Multi-Agent Reinforcement Learning Based Handoff Framework 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 LESS Algorithm for Target BS and NS Selection 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.1 \u003ci\u003eq\u003c\/i\u003e-Value Update Policy 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.2 Optimal Action Policy 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Experiment, Results, and Discussions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Summary 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Robust RAN Slicing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e189\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRuihan Wen and Gang Feng\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Network Model 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Slice Failure Detection Process 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 System Model 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Robust RAN Slicing 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Failure Recovery Problem Formulation 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Robust RAN Slicing Problem Formulation 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Variable Neighborhood Search Based Heuristic for Robust RAN Slicing 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Numerical Results 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Performance Metrics 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Simulation Scenarios and Settings 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Results 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Conclusions and Future Work 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Flexible Function Split Over Ethernet Enabling RAN Slicing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e209\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGhizlane Mountaser and Toktam Mahmoodi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Flexible Functional Split Toward RAN Slicing 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Full Centralization and CPRI 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 RAN Functional Split 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Flexible Functional Split as RAN Slicing Enabler 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Fronthaul Reliability and Slicing by Deploying Multipath at the Fronthaul 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Packet-Based Fronthaul 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Multipath Packet-Based Fronthaul for Enhancing Reliability 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Slicing Within Multipath Fronthaul 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Experimentation Results Evaluation of Flexible Functional Split for RAN Slicing 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Experimental Setup 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Evaluation and Discussion of the Results 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Simulation Results Analysis of Multipath Packet-Based Fronthaul for RAN Slicing 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Simulation System Model 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Service-Oriented RAN Support of Network Slicing \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e221\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWei Tan, Feng Han, Yinghao Jin and Chenchen Yang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 General Concept and Principles 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Network Slicing Concepts 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Overall RAN Subsystem 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Key Principles of Network Slicing in RAN 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 RAN Subsystem Deployment Scenarios 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Key Technologies to Enable Service-Oriented RAN Slicing 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Device Awareness of RAN Part of Network Slice 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Slice-Specific RAN Part of Network Slice 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Mission-Driven Resource Utilization, Sharing, and Aggregation 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.4 Slice-Aware Connected UE Mobility 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.5 Slice-Level Handlings for Idle\/Inactive UEs 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Summary 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 5G Network Slicing for V2X Communications: Technologies and Enablers \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e239\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eClaudia Campolo, Antonella Molinaro and Vincenzo Sciancalepore\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Vehicular Applications 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 V2X Communication Technologies 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 The C-V2X Technology 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.1 The PC5 Radio Interface 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.2 The LTE-Uu Interface 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1.3 Core Network 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 C-V2X Toward 5G 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2.1 Radio Interface 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2.2 Core Network 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Cloudification in V2X Environments 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 The Role of MEC 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 ETSI MEC-Based Programmable Interfaces 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 MEC-Based Support for V2X Applications 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Transport and Tunneling Protocol for V2X 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 GTP-U Encapsulation 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Segment Routing v6 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.3 Scalability and Flexibility in SRv6 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Network Slicing for V2X 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 3GPP Specifications 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 Literature Overview 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Lessons Learnt and Guidelines 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.1 Slice Mapping and Identification 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.2 Multi-tenancy Management 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.3 Massive Communications 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.4 Transparent Mobility 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7.5 Isolation 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Conclusions 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Optimizing Resource Allocation in URLLC for Real-Time Wireless Control Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e259\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBo Chang, Liying Li and Guodong Zhao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 System Model with Latency and Reliability Constraints 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Wireless Control Model 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Wireless Communication Model 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Communication-Control Co-Design 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Communication Constraint 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Control Constraint 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.3 Problem Formulation 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Optimal Resource Allocation for The Proposed Co-Design 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Relationship Between Control and Communication 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Optimal Resource Allocation 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2.1 Problem Conversion 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2.2 Problem Solution 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.3 Optimal Control Convergence Rate 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Simulations Results 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Control Performance 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Communication Performance 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Conclusions 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 283 \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738363343191,"sku":"9781119652380","price":93.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119652380.jpg?v=1723811977"},{"product_id":"multiagent-coordination-a-reinforcement-learning-approach-wiley-ieee-9781119699033","title":"MultiAgent Coordination A Reinforcement Learning","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Authors xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction: Multi-agent Coordination by Reinforcement Learning and Evolutionary Algorithms \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Single Agent Planning 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Terminologies Used in Single Agent Planning 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Single Agent Search-Based Planning Algorithms 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.1 Dijkstra’s Algorithm 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.2 A∗ (A-star) Algorithm 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.3 D∗ (D-star) Algorithm 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2.4 Planning by STRIPS-Like Language 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Single Agent RL 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.1 Multiarmed Bandit Problem 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.2 DP and Bellman Equation 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.3 Correlation Between RL and DP 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.4 Single Agent Q-Learning 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3.5 Single Agent Planning Using Q-Learning 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Multi-agent Planning and Coordination 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Terminologies Related to Multi-agent Coordination 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Classification of MAS 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Game Theory for Multi-agent Coordination 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.1 Nash Equilibrium 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.2 Correlated Equilibrium 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3.3 Static Game Examples 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Correlation Among RL, DP, and GT 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5 Classification of MARL 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.1 Cooperative MARL 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.2 Competitive MARL 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5.3 Mixed MARL 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.6 Coordination and Planning by MAQL 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.7 Performance Analysis of MAQL and MAQL-Based Coordination 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Coordination by Optimization Algorithm 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 PSO Algorithm 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Firefly Algorithm 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.1 Initialization 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.2 Attraction to Brighter Fireflies 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.3 Movement of Fireflies 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Imperialist Competitive Algorithm 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.1 Initialization 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.2 Selection of Imperialists and Colonies 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.3 Formation of Empires 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.4 Assimilation of Colonies 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.5 Revolution 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.6 Imperialistic Competition 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Differential Evolution Algorithm 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.1 Initialization 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.2 Mutation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.3 Recombination 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4.4 Selection 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.5 Off-line Optimization 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.6 Performance Analysis of Optimization Algorithms 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.6.1 Friedman Test 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.6.2 Iman–Davenport Test 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Summary 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Improve Convergence Speed of Multi-Agent Q-Learning for Cooperative Task Planning \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e111\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Literature Review 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Preliminaries 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Single Agent Q-learning 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Multi-agent Q-learning 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Proposed MAQL 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Two Useful Properties 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Proposed FCMQL Algorithms and Their Convergence Analysis 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Proposed FCMQL Algorithms 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Convergence Analysis of the Proposed FCMQL Algorithms 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 FCMQL-Based Cooperative Multi-agent Planning 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Experiments and Results 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Conclusions 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Summary 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.A More Details on Experimental Results 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.A.1 Additional Details of Experiment 2.1 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.A.2 Additional Details of Experiment 2.2 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.A.3 Additional Details of Experiment 2.4 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Consensus Q-Learning for Multi-agent Cooperative Planning \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e167\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Preliminaries 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Single Agent Q-Learning 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Equilibrium-Based Multi-agent Q-Learning 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Consensus 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Proposed CoQL and Planning 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Consensus Q-Learning 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Consensus-Based Multi-robot Planning 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Experiments and Results 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Experimental Setup 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Experiments for CoQL 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Experiments for Consensus-Based Planning 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Conclusions 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Summary 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 An Efficient Computing of Correlated Equilibrium for Cooperative Q-Learning-Based Multi-Robot Planning \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Single-Agent Q-Learning and Equilibrium-Based MAQL 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Single Agent Q-Learning 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Equilibrium-Based MAQL 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Proposed Cooperative MAQL and Planning 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Proposed Schemes with Their Applicability 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Immediate Rewards in Scheme-I and -II 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Scheme-I-Induced MAQL 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Scheme-II-Induced MAQL 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Algorithms for Scheme-I and II 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Constraint ΩQL-I\/ΩQL-II(CΩQL-I\/CΩQL-II) 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.7 Convergence 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.8 Multi-agent Planning 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Complexity Analysis 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Complexity of CQL 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.1 Space Complexity 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1.2 Time Complexity 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Complexity of the Proposed Algorithms 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.1 Space Complexity 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.2 Time Complexity 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Complexity Comparison 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 Space Complexity 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Time Complexity 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Simulation and Experimental Results 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Experimental Platform 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.1 Simulation 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1.2 Hardware 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Experimental Approach 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Learning Phase 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 Planning Phase 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Experimental Results 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusion 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Summary 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.A Supporting Algorithm and Mathematical Analysis 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 A Modified Imperialist Competitive Algorithm for Multi-Robot Stick-Carrying Application \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e233\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Problem Formulation for Multi-Robot Stick-Carrying 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Proposed Hybrid Algorithm 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 An Overview of ICA 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.1 Initialization 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.2 Selection of Imperialists and Colonies 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.3 Formation of Empires 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.4 Assimilation of Colonies 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.5 Revolution 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.6 Imperialistic Competition 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 An Overview of FA 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Initialization 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Attraction to Brighter Fireflies 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Movement of Fireflies 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Proposed ICFA 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Assimilation of Colonies 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.1 Attraction to Powerful Colonies 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.2 Modification of Empire Behavior 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1.3 Union of Empires 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Simulation Results 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Comparative Framework 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Parameter Settings 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Analysis on Explorative Power of ICFA 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.4 Comparison of Quality of the Final Solution 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.5 Performance Analysis 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Computer Simulation and Experiment 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Average Total Path Deviation (ATPD) 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Average Uncovered Target Distance (AUTD) 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Experimental Setup in Simulation Environment 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Experimental Results in Simulation Environment 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.5 Experimental Setup with Khepera Robots 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.6 Experimental Results with Khepera Robots 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Conclusion 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Summary 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.A Additional Comparison of ICFA 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Conclusions and Future Directions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e281\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Conclusions 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Future Directions 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 285\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738364358999,"sku":"9781119699033","price":98.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119699033.jpg?v=1723811979"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-microelectronics-9781119695141","title":"Fundamentals of Microelectronics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction To Microelectronics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Electronics Versus Microelectronics 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Examples of Electronic Systems 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Cellular Telephone 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Digital Camera 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Analog Versus Digital 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Basic Concepts 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Analog and Digital Signals 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Analog Circuits 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Digital Circuits 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Basic Circuit Theorems 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Chapter Summary 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Basic Physics Of Semiconductors 21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Semiconductor Materials and Their Properties 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Charge Carriers in Solids 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Modification of Carrier Densities 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Transport of Carriers 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 pn Junction 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 pn Junction in Equilibrium 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 pn Junction Under Reverse Bias 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 pn Junction Under Forward Bias 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 I\/V Characteristics 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Reverse Breakdown 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Zener Breakdown 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Avalanche Breakdown 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Chapter Summary 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Diode Models and Circuits 61\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Ideal Diode 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Initial Thoughts 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Ideal Diode 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Application Examples 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 pn Junction as a Diode 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Additional Examples 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Large-Signal and Small-Signal Operation 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Applications of Diodes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Half-Wave and Full-Wave Rectifiers 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Voltage Regulation 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Limiting Circuits 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Voltage Doublers 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Diodes as Level Shifters and Switches 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Chapter Summary 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Physics of Bipolar Transistors 124\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Considerations 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Structure of Bipolar Transistor 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Operation of Bipolar Transistor in Active Mode 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Collector Current 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Base and Emitter Currents 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Bipolar Transistor Models and Characteristics 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Large-Signal Model 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 I\/V Characteristics 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Concept of Transconductance 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Small-Signal Model 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Early Effect 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Operation of Bipolar Transistor in Saturation Mode 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 The PNP Transistor 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Structure and Operation 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Large-Signal Model 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Small-Signal Model 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Chapter Summary 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bipolar Amplifiers 172\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 General Considerations 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Input and Output Impedances 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Biasing 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 DC and Small-Signal Analysis 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Operating Point Analysis and Design 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Simple Biasing 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Resistive Divider Biasing 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Biasing with Emitter Degeneration 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Self-Biased Stage 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Biasing of PNP Transistors 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Bipolar Amplifier Topologies 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Common-Emitter Topology 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Common-Base Topology 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Emitter Follower 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Summary and Additional Examples 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Chapter Summary 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Physics of Mos Transistors 269\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Structure of MOSFET 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Operation of MOSFET 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Qualitative Analysis 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Derivation of I-V Characteristics 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Channel-Length Modulation 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 MOS Transconductance 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Velocity Saturation 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.6 Other Second-Order Effects 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 MOS Device Models 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Large-Signal Model 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Small-Signal Model 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 PMOS Transistor 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 CMOS Technology 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Comparison of Bipolar and MOS Devices 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Chapter Summary 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Cmos Amplifiers 309\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 General Considerations 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 MOS Amplifier Topologies 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Biasing 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Realization of Current Sources 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Common-Source Stage 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 CS Core 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 CS Stage with Current-Source Load 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 CS Stage with Diode- Connected Load 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 CS Stage with Degeneration 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 CS Core with Biasing 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Common-Gate Stage 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 CG Stage with Biasing 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Source Follower 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Source Follower Core 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Source Follower with Biasing 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Summary and Additional Examples 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Chapter Summary 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Operational Amplifier As a Black Box 355\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 General Considerations 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Op-Amp-Based Circuits 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Noninverting Amplifier 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Inverting Amplifier 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Integrator and Differentiator 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Voltage Adder 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Nonlinear Functions 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Precision Rectifier 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Logarithmic Amplifier 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Square-Root Amplifier 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Op Amp Nonidealities 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 DC Offsets 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Input Bias Current 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Speed Limitations 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Finite Input and Output Impedances 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Design Examples 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Chapter Summary 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Cascode Stages and Current Mirrors 398\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Cascode Stage 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Cascode as a Current Source 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Cascode as an Amplifier 405\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Current Mirrors 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Initial Thoughts 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Bipolar Current Mirror 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 MOS Current Mirror 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Chapter Summary 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Differential Amplifiers 443\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 General Considerations 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Initial Thoughts 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Differential Signals 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Differential Pair 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Bipolar Differential Pair 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Qualitative Analysis 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Large-Signal Analysis 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Small-Signal Analysis 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 MOS Differential Pair 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Qualitative Analysis 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Large-Signal Analysis 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Small-Signal Analysis 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Cascode Differential Amplifiers 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Common-Mode Rejection 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Differential Pair with Active Load 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.1 Qualitative Analysis 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6.2 Quantitative Analysis 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Chapter Summary 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Frequency Response 511\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Fundamental Concepts 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 General Considerations 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Relationship Between Transfer Function and Frequency Response 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.3 Bode’s Rules 518\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.4 Association of Poles with Nodes 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.5 Miller’s Theorem 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.6 General Frequency Response 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 High-Frequency Models of Transistors 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 High-Frequency Model of Bipolar Transistor 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 High-Frequency Model of Mosfet 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Transit Frequency 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Analysis Procedure 534\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Frequency Response of CE and CS Stages 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Low-Frequency Response 535\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 High-Frequency Response 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Use of Miller’s Theorem 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4 Direct Analysis 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.5 Input Impedance 543\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Frequency Response of CB and CG Stages 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 Low-Frequency Response 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 High-Frequency Response 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Frequency Response of Followers 547\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6.1 Input and Output Impedances 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Frequency Response of Cascode Stage 553\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7.1 Input and Output Impedances 557\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Frequency Response of Differential Pairs 558\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8.1 Common-Mode Frequency Response 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.9 Additional Examples 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.10 Chapter Summary 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Feedback 575\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 General Considerations 577\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1.1 Loop Gain 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Properties of Negative Feedback 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Gain Desensitization 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Bandwidth Extension 584\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 Modification of I\/O Impedances 586\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Linearity Improvement 589\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Types of Amplifiers 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Simple Amplifier Models 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 Examples of Amplifier Types 593\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Sense and Return Techniques 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Polarity of Feedback 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Feedback Topologies 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.1 Voltage–Voltage Feedback 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.2 Voltage–Current Feedback 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.3 Current–Voltage Feedback 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6.4 Current–Current Feedback 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Effect of Nonideal I\/O Impedances 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7.1 Inclusion of I\/O Effects 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Stability in Feedback Systems 628\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.1 Review of Bode’s Rules 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.2 Problem of Instability 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.3 Stability Condition 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.4 Phase Margin 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.5 Frequency Compensation 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8.6 Miller Compensation 641\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Chapter Summary 642\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 643\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 654\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Oscillators 656\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 General Considerations 656\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Ring Oscillators 659\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 LC Oscillators 664\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Parallel LC Tanks 664\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.2 Cross-Coupled Oscillator 667\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.3 Colpitts Oscillator 670\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Phase Shift Oscillator 672\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Wien-Bridge Oscillator 675\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Crystal Oscillators 677\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.1 Crystal Model 678\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.2 Negative-Resistance Circuit 679\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6.3 Crystal Oscillator Implementation 681\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Chapter Summary 683\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 684\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 688\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Output Stages and Power Amplifiers 690\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 General Considerations 690\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Emitter Follower as Power Amplifier 691\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Push-Pull Stage 694\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Improved Push-Pull Stage 697\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Reduction of Crossover Distortion 697\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Addition of CE Stage 701\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Large-Signal Considerations 704\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Biasing Issues 704\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Omission of PNP Power Transistor 705\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 High-Fidelity Design 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Short-Circuit Protection 708\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Heat Dissipation 709\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.1 Emitter Follower Power Rating 710\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.2 Push-Pull Stage Power Rating 711\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7.3 Thermal Runaway 713\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Efficiency 714\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.1 Efficiency of Emitter Follower 714\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8.2 Efficiency of Push-Pull Stage 715\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.9 Power Amplifier Classes 716\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.10 Chapter Summary 717\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 718\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 723\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Analog Filters 725\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 General Considerations 725\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.1 Filter Characteristics 726\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.2 Classification of Filters 727\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.3 Filter Transfer Function 730\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1.4 Problem of Sensitivity 734\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 First-Order Filters 735\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Second-Order Filters 738\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Special Cases 738\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 RLC Realizations 742\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Active Filters 747\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Sallen and Key Filter 747\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Integrator-Based Biquads 753\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.3 Biquads Using Simulated Inductors 756\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Approximation of Filter Response 761\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Butterworth Response 762\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Chebyshev Response 766\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Chapter Summary 771\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 772\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 776\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Digital Cmos Circuits 778\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 General Considerations 778\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.1 Static Characterization of Gates 779\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.2 Dynamic Characterization of Gates 786\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1.3 Power-Speed Trade-Off 789\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 CMOS Inverter 791\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.1 Initial Thoughts 791\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.2 Voltage Transfer Characteristic 793\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.3 Dynamic Characteristics 799\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2.4 Power Dissipation 804\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 CMOS NOR and NAND Gates 808\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 NOR Gate 808\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 NAND Gate 811\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Chapter Summary 812\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 813\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 818\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Cmos Amplifiers 819\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 General Considerations 819\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.1 Input and Output Impedances 820\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.2 Biasing 824\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.3 DC and Small-Signal Analysis 825\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Operating Point Analysis and Design 826\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1 Simple Biasing 828\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2 Biasing with Source Degeneration 830\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.3 Self-Biased Stage 833\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.4 Biasing of PMOS Transistors 834\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.5 Realization of Current Sources 835\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 CMOS Amplifier Topologies 836\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Common-Source Topology 837\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.1 CS Stage with Current-Source Load 842\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.2 CS Stage with Diode- Connected Load 843\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.3 CS Stage with Source Degeneration 844\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.4 Common-Gate Topology 856\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4.5 Source Follower 867\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Additional Examples 874\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Chapter Summary 878\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 879\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSPICE Problems 891\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A Introduction To Spice A- 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex I- 1\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738364555607,"sku":"9781119695141","price":109.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119695141.jpg?v=1723811980"},{"product_id":"aws-certified-cloud-practitioner-study-guide-with-online-labs-9781119756705","title":"AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Study Guide with","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eVirtual, hands-on learning labs allow you to apply your technical skills in realistic environments. So Sybex has bundled AWS labs fromXtremeLabs with our popular\u003ci\u003eAWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Study Guide\u003c\/i\u003eto give you the same experience working in these labs as you prepare for the Certified Cloud Practitioner Exam that you would face in a real-life application. These labs in addition to the book are a proven way to prepare for the certification and for work as an AWS Cloud Practitioner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe\u003ci\u003eAWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Study Guide\u003c\/i\u003e:\u003ci\u003eExam CLF-C01\u003c\/i\u003eprovides a solid introduction to this industry-leading technology, relied upon by thousands of businesses across the globe, as well as the resources you need to prove your knowledge in the AWS Certification Exam. This guide offers complete and thorough treatment of all topics included in the exam, beginning with a discussion of what the AWS cloud is and its basic global infrastructure and architectural principles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssessment Test xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 The Cloud 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is Cloud Computing? 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHighly Available and Scalable Resources 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProfessionally Secured Infrastructure 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMetered Payment Model 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eServer Virtualization: The Basics 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloud Platform Models 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfrastructure as a Service 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlatform as a Service 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware as a Service 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eServerless Workloads 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScalability and Elasticity 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScalability 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElasticity 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Understanding Your AWS Account 13\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Free Tier 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Does the Free Tier Work? 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTracking Your Free Tier Usage 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat’s Available Under the Free Tier? 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct Pricing 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding AWS Pricing Documentation 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Online Calculators 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eService Limits 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBilling and Cost Management 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe AWS Billing Dashboard 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Budgets 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMonitoring Your Costs 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Organizations 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Getting Support on AWS 33\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSupport Plans 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSupport Plan Pricing 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Basic Support Plan 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Developer Support Plan 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Business Support Plan 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Enterprise Support Plan 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Professional Services 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumentation and Online Help 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDocumentation 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Forums 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrusted Advisor 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Understanding the AWS Environment 49\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Global Infrastructure: AWS Regions 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegionally Based Services 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlobally Based Services 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eService Endpoints 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Global Infrastructure: Availability Zones 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvailability Zone Designations 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvailability Zone Networking 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAvailability Zones and High Availability 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Global Infrastructure: Edge Locations 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdge Locations and CloudFront 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegional Edge Cache Locations 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe AWS Shared Responsibility Model 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaged Resources 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnmanaged Resources 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eService Health Status 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Acceptable Use Policy 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Securing Your AWS Resources 67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Identity and Access Management 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProtecting the Root User 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthentication 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsers, Groups, and Roles 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProviding Federated Access 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCredential Report 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEncryption 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegulatory Compliance (AWS Artifact) 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Working with Your AWS Resources 83\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe AWS Management Console 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccessing the AWS Management Console 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpening a Service Console 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking with Shortcuts 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelecting a Region 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Account Name Menu 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResource Groups 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTag Editor 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTagging Strategies 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe AWS Console Mobile Application 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe AWS Command Line Interface 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRequirements 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstallation 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSoftware Development Kits 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMobile Software Development Kits 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInternet of Things Device Software Development Kits 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch Metrics 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch Alarms 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch Dashboards 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch Logs 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudWatch Events 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudTrail 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAPI and Non-API Events 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManagement and Data Events 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvent History 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrails 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLog File Integrity Validation 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCost Explorer 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCost and Usage 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReservation Reports 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReserved Instance Recommendations 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 The Core Compute Services 119\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud Servers 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmazon Machine Images 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding EC2 Instance Types 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eServer Storage: Elastic Block Store and Instance Store Volumes 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding EC2 Pricing Models 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimplified Deployments Through Managed Services 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmazon Lightsail 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Elastic Beanstalk 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying Container and Serverless Workloads 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContainers 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eServerless Functions 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 The Core Storage Services 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimple Storage Service 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObjects and Buckets 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eS3 Storage Classes 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAccess Permissions 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEncryption 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVersioning 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObject Life Cycle Configurations 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eS3 Glacier 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eArchives and Vaults 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRetrieval Options 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Storage Gateway 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFile Gateways 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVolume Gateways 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTape Gateways 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Snowball 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHardware Specifications 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSnowball Edge 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 The Core Database Services 157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDatabase Models 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRelational Databases 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStructured Query Language 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNonrelational (No-SQL) Databases 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmazon Relational Database Service 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDatabase Engines 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLicensing 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstance Classes 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Vertically 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStorage 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Horizontally with Read Replicas 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHigh Availability with Multi-AZ 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackup and Recovery 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDetermining Your Recovery Point Objective 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDynamoDB 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eItems and Tables 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Horizontally 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQueries and Scans 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmazon Redshift 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 The Core Networking Services 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Private Cloud 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVPC CIDR Blocks 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubnets 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInternet Access 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity Groups 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNetwork Access Control Lists 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVPC Peering 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVirtual Private Networks 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDirect Connect 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoute 53 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResource Records 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDomain Name Registration 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHosted Zones 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRouting Policies 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHealth Checks 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTraffic Flow and Traffic Policies 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudFront 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Automating Your AWS Workloads 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Imperative Approach 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Declarative Approach 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfrastructure as Code 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudFormation 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTemplates 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStacks 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloudFormation vs. the AWS CLI 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Developer Tools 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCodeCommit 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCodeBuild 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCodeDeploy 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCodePipeline 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEC2 Auto Scaling 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLaunch Configurations and Launch Templates 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuto Scaling Groups 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScaling Actions 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfiguration Management 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Manager 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpsWorks 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Common Use-Case Scenarios 209\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Well-Architected Framework 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReliability 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerformance Efficiency 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSecurity 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCost Optimization 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOperational Excellence 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Highly Available Web Application Using Auto Scaling and Elastic Load Balancing 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Inbound Security Group Rule 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Application Load Balancer 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Launch Template 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Auto Scaling Group 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStatic Website Hosting Using S3 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExam Essentials 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReview Questions 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A Answers to Review Questions 231\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 1: The Cloud 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Understanding Your AWS Account 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Getting Support on AWS 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Understanding the AWS Environment 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Securing Your AWS Resources 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Working with Your AWS Resources 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: The Core Compute Services 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: The Core Storage Services 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: The Core Database Services 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: The Core Networking Services 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: Automating Your AWS Workloads 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Common Use-Case Scenarios 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Additional Services 251\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAthena 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Backup 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAWS Glue 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBatch 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCognito 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDatabase Migration Service 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElastic File System 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElastic MapReduce 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInspector 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKinesis 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMacie 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNeptune 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimple Queue Service 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorkDocs 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorkSpaces 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 257\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738366587223,"sku":"9781119756705","price":86.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119756705.jpg?v=1723811981"},{"product_id":"power-electronics-a-first-course-9781119818564","title":"Power Electronics A First Course","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eList of Simulation and Hardware Implementation Example and Figures xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Power Electronics: An Enabling Technology 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction to Power Electronics 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Applications and the Role of Power Electronics 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Energy and the Environment: Role of Power Electronics in Providing Sustainable Electric Energy 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Need for High Efficiency and High Power Density 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Structure of Power Electronics Interface 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Voltage-Link-Structure 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Recent Advances in Solid-State Devices Based on Wide Bandgap (WBG) Materials 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 Use of Simulation and Hardware Prototyping 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Design of Switching Power-poles 21\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Power Transistors and Power Diodes 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Selection of Power Transistors 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Selection of Power Diodes 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Switching Characteristics and Power Losses in Power Poles 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Justifying Switches and Diodes as Ideal 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Design Considerations 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The PWM IC 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Hardware Prototyping 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2A Diode Reverse Recovery and Power Losses 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Switch-mode Dc-dc Converters: Switching Analysis, Topology Selection, and Design 41\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 DC-DC Converters 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Switching Power-Pole in DC Steady State 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Simplifying Assumptions 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Common Operating Principles 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Buck Converter Switching Analysis in DC Steady State 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Boost Converter Switching Analysis in DC Steady State 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Buck-Boost Converter Analysis in DC Steady State 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Topology Selection 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Worst-Case Design 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Synchronous-Rectified Buck Converter for Very Low Output Voltages 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Interleaving of Converters 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Regulation of DC-DC Converters by PWM 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.13 Dynamic Average Representation of Converters in CCM 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.14 Bi-Directional Switching Power-Pole 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.15 Discontinuous-Conduction Mode (DCM) 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3A Average Representation in Discontinuous- Conduction Mode (DCM) 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Designing Feedback Controllers in Switch-mode Dc Power Supplies 97\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction and Objectives of Feedback Control 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Review of Linear Control Theory 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Linearization of Various Transfer Function Blocks 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Feedback Controller Design in Voltage-Mode Control 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Peak-Current Mode Control 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Feedback Controller Design in DCM 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4A Bode Plots of Transfer Functions with Poles and Zeros 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4B Transfer Functions in Continuous Conduction Mode (CCM) 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4C Derivation of Parameters of the Controller Transfer Functions 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Rectification of Utility Input Using Diode Rectifiers 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRectifiers 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Distortion and Power Factor 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Classifying the “Front-End” of Power Electronic Systems 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eElectronic Systems 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Diode-Rectifier Bridge “Front-End” 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Means to Avoid Transient Inrush Currents at Starting 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Front-Ends with Bi-Directional Power Flow 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Power-factor-correction (PFC) Circuits And Designing the Feedback Controller And Designing the Feedback Controller 159 \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Operating Principle of Single-Phase PFCS 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Control of PFCS 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Designing the Inner Average-Current-Control Loop 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Designing the Outer Voltage-Control Loop 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Example of Single-Phase PFC Systems 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Simulation Results 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Feedforward of the Input Voltage 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Other Control Methods for PFCS 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 6A Proof that Iˆ\u003csub\u003eS\u003c\/sub\u003e3\/Iˆ\u003csub\u003eL\u003c\/sub\u003e2 =1\/2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 6b Proof That V ̃\u003csub\u003ed\u003c\/sub\u003e\u003ci\u003e I\u003c\/i\u003e ĩ \u003csub\u003eL\u003c\/sub\u003e(s)=1\u003ci\u003e I \u003c\/i\u003e2 Vˆs\/V\u003csub\u003ed\u003c\/sub\u003e R\u003ci\u003e I\u003c\/i\u003e 2\/ 1+ s (R \/2)C\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Magnetic Circuit Concepts 173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Ampere-Turns and Flux 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Inductance l 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Faraday’s Law: Induced Voltage in a Coil Due to\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime-Rate of Change of Flux Linkage 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Leakage and Magnetizing Inductances 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Transformers 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Switch-mode Dc Power Supplies 185\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Applications of Switch-Mode DC Power Supplies 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Need for Electrical Isolation 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Classification of Transformer-Isolated DC-DC Converters 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Flyback Converters 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Forward Converters 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Full-Bridge Converters 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Half-Bridge and Push-Pull Converters 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Practical Considerations 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Design of High-frequency Inductors and Transformers 215\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Basics of Magnetic Design 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Inductor and Transformer Construction 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Area-Product Method 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Design Example of an Inductor 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Design Example of a Transformer for a\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForward Converter 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Thermal Considerations 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Soft-switching in Dc-dc Converters and\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHalf-bridge Resonant Converters 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Hard-Switching in Switching Power poles 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Soft-switching in Switching Power-Poles 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Half-Bridge Resonant Converter 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Applications of Switch-mode Power Electronics in Motor Drives, Uninterruptible Power Supplies, And Power Systems 231\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Electric Motor Drives 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Utility Applications of Switch-Mode\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePower Electronics 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12 Synthesis of Dc and Low-frequency Sinusoidal Ac Voltages for Motor Drives, Ups, and Power Systems Applications 249\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Bidirectional Switching Power-Pole as the Building Block 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Converters for DC Motor Drives (−Vd  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e12.4 Synthesis of Low-Frequency AC 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Single-Phase Inverters 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Three-Phase Inverters 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Multilevel Inverters 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Converters For Bidirectional Power Flow 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Matrix Converters (Direct Link System) 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13 Thyristor Converters 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Thyristors (SCRs) 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Single-phase, Phase-controlled Thyristor Converters 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Three-Phase, Full-Bridge Thyristor Converters 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Current-Link Systems 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReference 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 14 Utility Applications of Power Electronics 303\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Power Semiconductor Devices and Their Capabilities 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Categorizing Power Electronic Systems 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Distributed Generation (DG) Applications 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Power Electronic Loads 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Power Quality Solutions 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Transmission and Distribution (T\u0026amp;D) Applications 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 319\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738368487767,"sku":"9781119818564","price":87.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119818564.jpg?v=1723811986"},{"product_id":"social-network-analysis-9781119836230","title":"Social Network Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAs social media dominates our lives in increasing intensity, the need for developers to understand the theory and applications is ongoing as well. This book serves that purpose.\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSocial network analysis is the solicitation of network science on social networks, and social occurrences are denoted and premeditated by data on coinciding pairs as the entities of opinion. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe book features: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocial network analysis from a computational perspective using python to show the significance of fundamental facets of network theory and the various metrics used to measure the social network.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAn understanding of network analysis and motivations to model phenomena as networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReal-world networks established with human-related data frequently display social properties, i.e., patterns in the graph from which human behavioral patterns can be analyzed and extracted.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eExemplifies information cascades that spread through an unde\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Overview of Social Network Analysis and Different Graph File Formats 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAbhishek B. and Sumit Hirve\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction—Social Network Analysis 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Important Tools for the Collection and Analysis of Online Network Data 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 More on the Python Libraries and Associated Packages 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Execution of SNA in Terms of Real-Time Application: Implementation in Python 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Clarity Toward the Indices Employed in the Social Network Analysis 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.1 Centrality 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.2 Transitivity and Reciprocity 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5.3 Balance and Status 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Conclusion 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Introduction To Python for Social Network Analysis 19\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAgathiya Raja, Gavaskar Kanagaraj and Mohammad Gouse Galety\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 SNA and Graph Representation 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 The Common Representation of Graphs 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Important Terms to Remember in Graph Representation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Tools To Analyze Network 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 MS Excel 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Ucinet 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Importance of Analysis 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Scope of Python in SNA 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Comparison of Python With Traditional Tools 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Installation 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Good Practices 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Use Case 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Facebook Case Study 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Real-Time Product From SNA 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 Nevaal Maps 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Handling Real-World Network Data Sets 37\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArman Abouali Galehdari, Behnaz Moradi and Mohammad Gouse Galety\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Aspects of the Network 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Graph 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Node, Edges, and Neighbors 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Small-World Phenomenon 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Scale-Free Network 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Network Data Sets 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Conclusion 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Cascading Behavior in Networks 51\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eVasanthakumar G. U.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Types of Data Generated in OSNs 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Unstructured Data 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Tools for Structuring the Data 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 User Behavior 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Profiling 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Pattern of User Behavior 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Geo-Tagging 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Cascaded Behavior 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Cross Network Behavior 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Pattern Analysis 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Models for Cascading Pattern 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Social Network Structure and Data Analysis in Healthcare 63\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSailee Bhambere\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Prognostic Analytics—Healthcare 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Role of Social Media for Healthcare Applications 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Social Media in Advanced Healthcare Support 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Social Media Analytics 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Phases Involved in Social Media Analytics 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Metrics of Social Media Analytics 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Evolution of NIHR 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conventional Strategies in Data Mining Techniques 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.1 Graph Theoretic 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.2 Opinion Evaluation in Social Network 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6.3 Sentimental Analysis 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Research Gaps in the Current Scenario 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Conclusion and Challenges 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Pragmatic Analysis of Social Web Components on Semantic Web Mining 83\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSasmita Pani, Bibhuprasad Sahu, Jibitesh Mishra, Sachi Nandan Mohanty and Amrutanshu Panigrahi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Background 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Web 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Agriculture Information Systems 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Ontology in Web or Mobile Web 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Proposed Model 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Developing Domain Ontology 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Building the Agriculture Ontology with OWL-DL 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2.1 Building Class Axioms 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Building Object Property Between the Classes in OWL-DL 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Building Object Property Restriction in OWL-DL 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Developing Social Ontology 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.1 Building Class Axioms 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4.2 Analysis of Social Web Components on Domain Ontology Under Agriculture System 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Building Social Ontology Under the Agriculture Domain 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Building Disjoint Class 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Building Object Property 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Validation 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Discussion 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Conclusion and Future Work 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Classification of Normal and Anomalous Activities in a Network by Cascading C4.5 Decision Tree and K-Means Clustering Algorithms 109\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGouse Baig Mohammad, S. Shitharth and P. Dileep\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Cascade Blogosphere Information 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Viral Marketing Cascades 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Cascade Network Building 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.4 Cascading Behavior Empirical Research 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.5 Cascades and Impact Nodes Detection 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.6 Topologies of Cascade Networks 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.7 Proposed Scheme Contributions 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Literature Survey 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Network Failures 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Methodology 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 K-Means Clustering for Anomaly Detection 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 C4.5 Decision Trees Anomaly Detection 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Implementation 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Training Phase Z\u003csub\u003eI\u003c\/sub\u003e 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Testing Phase 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Results and Discussion 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Data Sets 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Experiment Evaluation 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Conclusion 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Machine Learning Approach To Forecast the Word in Social Media 133\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eR. Vijaya Prakash\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Related Works 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Methodology 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 TF-IDF Technique 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Times Series 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Results and Discussion 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Conclusion 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Sentiment Analysis-Based Extraction of Real-Time Social Media Information From Twitter Using Natural Language Processing 149\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMadhuri Thimmapuram, Devasish Pal and Gouse Baig Mohammad\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Applications for Social Media 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Social Media Data Challenges 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Literature Survey 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Techniques in Sentiment Analysis 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Implementation and Results 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Online Commerce 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Feature Extraction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Hashtags 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Punctuations 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusion 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Future Scope 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Cascading Behavior: Concept and Models 175\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBithika Bishesh\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Cascade Networks 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Importance of Cascades 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Purposes for Studying Cascades 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Collective Action 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Cascade Capacity 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Models of Network Cascades 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.1 Decision-Based Diffusion Models 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.2 Probabilistic Model of Cascade 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.3 Linear Threshold Model 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.4 Independent Cascade Model 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7.5 SIR Epidemic Model 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Centrality 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Cascading Failures 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Cascading Behavior Example Using Python 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.11 Conclusion 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Exploring Social Networking Data Sets 205\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArulkumar N., Joy Paulose, Mohammad Gouse Galety, Manimaran A., S. Saravanan and Saleem Raja A.\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Network Theory 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.2 Social Network Analysis 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Establishing a Social Network 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Designing the Symmetric Social Network 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Creating an Asymmetric Social Network 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 Implementing and Visualizing Weighted Social Networks 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Developing the Multigraph for Social Networks 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Connectivity of Users in Social Networks 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 The Degree to which a Network Exists 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Coefficient of Clustering 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 The Shortest Routes and Length Between Two Nodes 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Eccentricity Distribution of a Node in a Social Network 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 Scale-Independent Social Networks 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.6 Transitivity 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Centrality Measures in Social Networks 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.1 Centrality by Degree 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.2 Centrality by Eigenvectors 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.3 Centrality by Betweenness 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4.4 Closeness to All Other Nodes 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Case Study of Facebook 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Conclusion 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 229\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738370388311,"sku":"9781119836230","price":133.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119836230.jpg?v=1723811987"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-semiconductor-materials-and-devices-9781119891406","title":"Fundamentals of Semiconductor Materials and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments x\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xiv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 The Classical Electron 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Two-Slit Electron Experiment 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The Photoelectric Effect 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Wave-Packets and Uncertainty 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 The Wavefunction 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 The Schrödinger Equation 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 The Electron in a One-Dimensional Well 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 The Hydrogen Atom 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 Electron Transmission and Reflection at Potential Energy Step 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Spin 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.12 The Pauli Exclusion Principle 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.13 Operators and the Postulates of Quantum Mechanics 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.14 Expectation Values and Hermitian Operators 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.15 Summary 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Semiconductor Physics 46\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Band Theory of Solids 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Bloch Functions 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 The Kronig–Penney Model 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The Bragg Model 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Effective Mass in Three Dimensions 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Number of States in a Band 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Band Filling 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Fermi Energy and Holes 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Carrier Concentration 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Semiconductor Materials 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Semiconductor Band Diagrams 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Direct Gap and Indirect Gap Semiconductors 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Extrinsic Semiconductors 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15 Carrier Transport in Semiconductors 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16 Equilibrium and Nonequilibrium Dynamics 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.17 Carrier Diffusion and the Einstein Relation 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.18 Quasi-Fermi Energies 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.19 The Diffusion Equation 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.20 Traps and Carrier Lifetimes 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.21 Alloy Semiconductors 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.23 Summary 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 The p-n Junction Diode 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Diode Current 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Contact Potential 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The Depletion Approximation 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 The Diode Equation 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Reverse Breakdown and the Zener Diode 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Tunnel Diodes 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Generation\/Recombination Currents 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Metal-Semiconductor Junctions 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Heterojunctions 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Alternating Current (AC) and Transient Behavior 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Summary 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Photon Emission and Absorption 182\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction to Luminescence and Absorption 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Physics of Light Emission 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Simple Harmonic Radiator 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Quantum Description 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 The Exciton 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Two-Electron Atoms and the Exchange Interaction 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Molecular Excitons 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Band-to-Band Transitions 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Photometric Units 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Summary 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNote 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Semiconductor Devices Based on the p-n Junction 220\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 The p-n Junction Solar Cell 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Light Absorption 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Solar Radiation 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Solar Cell Design and Analysis 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Solar Cell Efficiency Limits and Tandem Cells 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 The Light Emitting Diode 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Emission Spectrum 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Non-Radiative Recombination 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Optical Outcoupling 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 GaAs LEDs 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 GaP:N LEDs 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.13 Double Heterojunction Al X Ga 1−x as Leds 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.14 AlGaInP LEDs 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.15 Ga 1−x in X N Leds 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.16 Bipolar Junction Transistor 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.17 Junction Field Effect Transistor 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.18 BJT and JFET Symbols and Applications 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.19 Summary 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther Reading 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 The Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor 283\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction to the MOSFET 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 MOSFET Physics 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 MOS Capacitor Analysis 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Accumulation Layer and Inversion Layer Thicknesses 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Capacitance of MOS Capacitor 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Work Functions, Trapped Charges, and Ion Beam Implantation 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Surface Mobility 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 MOSFET Transistor Characteristics 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 MOSFET Scaling 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Nanoscale Photolithography 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Ion Beam Implantation 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12 MOSFET Fabrication 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13 CMOS Structures 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14 Threshold Voltage Adjustment 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.15 Two-Dimensional Electron Gas 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.16 Modeling Nanoscale MOSFETs 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.17 Flash Memory 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.18 Tunneling 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.19 Summary 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 The Quantum Dot 353\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction and Overview 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Quantum Dot Semiconductor Materials 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Synthesis of Quantum Dots 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Quantum Dot Confinement Physics 363\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Franck-Condon Principle and the Stokes Shift 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 The Quantum Mechanical Oscillator 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Vibronic Transitions 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Surface Passivation 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Auger Processes 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Biological Applications of Quantum Dots 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.11 Summary 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Organic Semiconductor Materials and Devices 400\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction to Organic Electronics 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Conjugated Systems 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Polymer OLEDs 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Small-Molecule OLEDs 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Anode Materials 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Cathode Materials 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Hole Injection Layer 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Electron Injection Layer 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Hole Transport Layer 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.10 Electron Transport Layer 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.11 Light Emitting Material Processes 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.12 Host Materials 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.13 Fluorescent Dopants 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.14 Phosphorescent and Thermally Activated Delayed Fluorescence Dopants 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.15 Organic Solar Cells 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.16 Organic Solar Cell Materials 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.17 The Organic Field Effect Transistor 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.18 Summary 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNotes 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSuggestions for Further Reading 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 One- and Two-Dimensional Semiconductor Materials and Devices 456\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Density Functional Theory 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Transition Metal Dichalcogenides 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Multigate MOSFETs 472\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Summary 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 477\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecommended Reading 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 1: Physical Constants 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2: Derivation of the Uncertainty Principle 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3: Derivation of Group Velocity 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4: Reduced Mass 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 5: The Boltzmann Distribution Function 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 6: Properties of Semiconductor Materials 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 7: Calculation of the Bonding and Antibonding Orbital Energies Versus Interproton Separation for the Hydrogen Molecular Ion 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 501\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738373468503,"sku":"9781119891406","price":85.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119891406.jpg?v=1723811988"},{"product_id":"essentials-of-signals-and-systems-9781119909217","title":"Essentials of Signals and Systems","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Author xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout the Companion Website xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Review of Linear Algebra 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Vectors, Scalars, and Bases 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Linear Combinations on the Left-hand Side of the Scalar Product 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Vector Representation in Different Bases 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Linear Operators 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Representation of Linear Operators 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 General Method of Solution of a Matrix Equation 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.8 The Closure Relation 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.9 Representation of Linear Operators in Terms of Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.10 The Dirac Notation 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Bra of the Action of an Operator on a Ket 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.11 Exercises 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterlude: Signals and Systems: What is it About? 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Representation of Signals 37\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The Convolution 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: First Example of Convolution 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Second Example of Convolution 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 The Impulse Function, or Dirac Delta 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Convolutions with Impulse Functions 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Convolution with δ(t − a) 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Impulse Functions as a Basis: The Time Domain Representation of Signals 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 The Scalar Product 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Orthonormality of the Basis of Impulse Functions 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Proof of Orthonormality of the Basis of Impulse Functions 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Exponentials as a Basis: The Frequency Domain Representation of Signals 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 The Fourier Transform 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Transform of the Rectangular Function 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 The Algebraic Meaning of Fourier Transforms 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Projection on the Basis of Exponentials 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 The Physical Meaning of Fourier Transforms 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Properties of Fourier Transforms 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.1 Fourier Transform and the DC level 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.2 Property of Reality 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.3 Symmetry Between Time and Frequency 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.4 Time Shifting 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.5 Spectral Shifting 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Property of Spectral Shifting and AM Modulation 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.6 Differentiation 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.7 Integration 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.8 Convolution in the Time Domain 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.9 Product in the Time Domain 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Transform of a Physical Sinusoidal Wave 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12.10 The Energy of a Signal and Parseval’s Theorem 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 The Fourier Series 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Fourier Series of a Square Wave 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Exercises 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Representation of Systems 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction and Properties 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Linearity 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Time Invariance 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of a Time Invariant System 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An Example of a Time Variant System 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Causality 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Operators Representing Linear and Time Invariant Systems 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Linear Systems as Matrices 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Operators in Dirac Notation 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Statement of the Problem 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of LTI Operators 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 General Method of Solution 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Step 1: Defining the Problem 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 Step 2: Finding the Eigenvalues 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Step 3: The Representation in the Basis of Eigenvectors 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.4 Step 4: Solving the Equation and Returning to the Original Basis 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Input is an Eigenvector 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Input is an Explicit Linear Combination of Eigenvectors 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An Arbitrary Input 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 The Physical Meaning of Eigenvalues: The Impulse and Frequency Responses 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Impulse and Frequency Responses of a Harmonic Oscillator 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: How can the Frequency Response be Measured? 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: The Transient of a Harmonic Oscillator 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Charge and Discharge in an RC Circuit 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Frequency Conservation in LTI Systems 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 Frequency Conservation in Other Fields 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.1 Snell’s Law 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10.2 Wavefunctions and Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Exercises 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electric Circuits as LTI Systems 157\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Electric Circuits as LTI Systems 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Phasors, Impedances, and the Frequency Response 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: An RLC Circuit as a Harmonic Oscillator 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Exercises 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Filters 165\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Ideal Filters 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Example of a Low-pass Filter 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Example of a High-pass Filter 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Example of a Band-pass Filter 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Exercises 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Introduction to the Laplace Transform 175\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Motivation: Stability of LTI Systems 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 The Laplace Transform as a Generalization of the Fourier Transform 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Properties of Laplace Transforms 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Region of Convergence 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Inverse Laplace Transform by Inspection 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of Inverse Laplace Transform by Inspection 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Impulse Response of a Harmonic Oscillator 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Zeros and Poles 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Finding the Zeros and Poles 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Poles of a Harmonic Oscillator 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 The Unilateral Laplace Transform 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 The Differentiation Property of the Unilateral Fourier Transform 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Differentiation Property of the Unilateral Fourier Transform Involving Higher Order Derivatives 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of Differentiation Using the Unilateral Fourier Transform 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Discharge of an RC Circuit 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Generalization to the Unilateral Laplace Transform 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Exercises 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInterlude: Discrete Signals and Systems: Why do we Need Them? 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The Sampling Theorem and the Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) 205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Discrete Signals 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Fourier Transforms of Discrete Signals and the Sampling Theorem 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of a Matlab Routine to Calculate the Dtft 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Fourier Transform from the DTFT 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Inverse DTFT 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Properties of the DTFT 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 ‘Time’ shifting 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Difference 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Sum 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Convolution in the ‘Time’ Domain 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Product in the Time Domain 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.6 The Theorem that Should not be: Energy of Discrete Signals 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Concluding Remarks 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Exercises 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) 239\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Discretizing the Frequency Domain 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 The DFT and the Fast Fourier Transform (fft) 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Getting the Centralized DFT Using the Command fft 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Getting the Fourier Transform with the fft 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Obtaining the Inverse Fourier Transform Using the ifft 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The Circular Time Shift 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 The Circular Convolution 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Relationship Between Circular and Linear Convolutions 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Parseval’s Theorem for the DFT 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Exercises 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Discrete Systems 275\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction and Properties 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Linearity 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 ‘Time’ invariance 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Causality 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Stability 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Linear and Time Invariant Discrete Systems 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Further Advantages of Frequency Domain 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Digital Filters 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Exercises 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Introduction to the z-transform 287\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Motivation: Stability of LTI Systems 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 The z-transform as a Generalization of the DTFT 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorked Exercise: Example of z-transform 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Relationship Between the z-transform and the Laplace Transform 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Properties of the z-transform 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 ‘Time’ shifting 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Difference 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Sum 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Convolution in the Time Domain 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 The Transfer Function of Discrete LTI Systems 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 The Unilateral z-transform 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Exercises 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences with Comments 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Laplace Transform Property of Product in the Time Domain 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: List of Properties of Laplace Transforms 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 305\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738375467351,"sku":"9781119909217","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119909217.jpg?v=1723811993"},{"product_id":"the-project-managers-guide-to-mastering-agile-9781119931355","title":"The Project Managers Guide to Mastering Agile","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTHE \u003cb\u003ePROJECT MANAGER'S\u003c\/b\u003e GUIDE TO \u003cb\u003eMASTERING AGILE\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eUpdated guide to Agile methodologies, with real-world case studies and valuable frameworks for project managers moving to Agile\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe Project Manager's Guide to Mastering Agile\u003c\/i\u003e helps project managers who are faced with the challenge of adapting their project management approach to an Agile environment, showing how these approaches can work jointly to improve project outcomes in any project, with discussion topics and real-world case studies that facilitate hands-on learning.  It also provides project managers with the fundamental knowledge to take a leadership role in working with companies to develop a well-integrated, enterprise-level Agile Project Management approach to fit their business.  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original edition of this book has been very successful and is used as a graduate-level textbook in several universities. This new edition builds on the success of the original edition and includes updated conten\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Agile Project Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Chasm in Project Management Philosophies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Impact on the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Evolution of Agile and Waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Evolution of the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Benefits\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 1: Fundamentals of Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 2: Agile History and the Agile Manifesto\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Early History\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Manifesto (2001)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 3: Scrum Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Scrum\/Agile Principles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 4: Agile Planning, Requirements, and Product Backlog\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Planning Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Requirements Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser Personas and Stories\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct Backlog\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 2: Agile Project Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 5: Agile Development, Quality, and Testing Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Software Development Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Quality Management Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Testing Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 6: Time-Boxing, Kanban, and Theory of Constraints\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Importance of Flow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTime-Boxing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKanban Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTheory of Constraints\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 7: Agile Estimation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Estimation Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Estimation Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVelocity and burn-down\/burn-up charts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of key points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 8: Agile Project Management Role\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Shifts in Thinking\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePotential Agile Project Management Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile, PMI®, and PMBOK®\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 9: Agile Communications and Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Communications Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Management Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 10: Learning to See the Big Picture\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSystems Thinking\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplex Adaptive Systems\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 11: The Roots of Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluence of Total Quality Management (TQM)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfluence of Lean Manufacturing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Product Development Flow\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 3: Agile Project Management Planning and Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 12: Hybrid Agile Models\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is a Hybrid Agile Model and Why Would You Use It?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Are the Benefits of a Hybrid Agile Model?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Different About a Hybrid Agile Model?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoosing the Right Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 13: Value-driven Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValue-driven Delivery Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Value-driven Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCustomer-value Prioritization Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eValue-driven Delivery Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 14: Adaptive Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat is Adaptive Planning?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRolling Wave Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProgressive Elaboration and Multi-level Planning\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 15: Agile Planning Practices and Tools\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct\/Project Vision\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProduct Roadmaps\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExploratory 360 Assessment\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Functional Decomposition\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Project Charter\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 16: Agile Stakeholder Management and Agile Contracts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Is Stakeholder Management Important?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is a Stakeholder?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStakeholder Management Process\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat's Different About Agile Stakeholder Management?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Contracts\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 17: Distributed Project Management  in Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Distributed Project Management?\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistributed Project Management Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 4: Making Agile Work for a Business\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 18: Scaling Agile to an Enterprise Level\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Agile Challenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Obstacles to Overcome\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Implementation Considerations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnterprise-Level Management Practices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 19: Scaling Agile for Multiple Team Projects\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum of Scrums Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLarge Scale Scrum (LeSS)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNexus\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScrum at Scale\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 20: Adapting an Agile Approach to Fit a Business\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Impact of Different Business Environments on Agile\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypical Levels of Management\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCorporate Culture and Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 21: Enterprise-Level Agile Transformations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning an Agile Transformation\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdaptive Project Governance Model\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 5: Enterprise-Level Agile Frameworks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 22: Scaled Agile Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Competency Areas\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Core Values\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLean Agile Mindset\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Lean Agile Principles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSAFe Artifacts and Supporting Capabilities\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 23: Disciplined Agile Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Full Delivery Lifecycles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Roles\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Mindset\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDA Tool Kit\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 24: Managed Agile Development Framework\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaged Agile Development Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eObjectives of Managed Agile Development\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFramework Description\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoles and Responsibilities\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary of Key Points\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscussion Topics\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 25: Summary of Enterprise-Level Frameworks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHigh-level Comparison\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow These Frameworks Have Evolved\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart 6: Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 26: “Not-So-Successful” Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany A\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany B\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCompany C\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 27: Case Study—Valpak\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResults and Conclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 28: Case Study—Harvard Pilgrim Health Care\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject management approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 29: Case Study—General Dynamics UK Limited.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBackground\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject Management Approach\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Success Factors\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConclusions\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLessons Learned\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 30: Agile Hardware Development\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Hardware Development Overview\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow It’s Done at Tesla\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverall Summary\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 31: Non-Software Case Studies\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Home Remodeling\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgile Book Publishing\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChapter 32: Overall Summary\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEvolution of the Project Management Profession\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat To Do Differently\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGeneral Recommendations\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendices\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix A: Additional Reading\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix B: Glossary of Terms\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix C: Example Project\/Program Charter Template\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix D: Suggested Course Outline\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738376024407,"sku":"9781119931355","price":49.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119931355.jpg?v=1723811993"},{"product_id":"diy-drones-for-the-evil-genius-design-build-and-customize-your-own-drones-9781259861468","title":"DIY Drones for the Evil Genius Design Build and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size:12.0pt;line-height:107%;font-family:\" times new roman\u003e\u003cb\u003ePublisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, \u003cspan style=\"white-space:pre\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eauthenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003co:p\u003e\u003c\/o:p\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign, build, and pilot custom dronesâno prior experience necessary!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fun guide shows, step-by-step, how to construct powerful drones from inexpensive parts, add personalized features, and become a full-fledged pilot. \u003cem\u003eDIY Drones for the Evil Genius: Design, Build, and Customize Your Own Drones\u003c\/em\u003e not only covers safety, mechanics, drone design, and assembly, but also teaches the basics of Aerospace Engineering. You will discover how to add video transmitters, GPS, first-person view, and virtual reality goggles to your creations. The book walks you through the FAA licens\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Preflight Checklist\u003cbr\u003eProject 1: Drone? Aircraft? Unmanned?\u003cbr\u003eProject 2: Wing-Free Flight\u003cbr\u003eProject 3: Ready for Takeoff\u003cbr\u003eProject 4: Safety First\u003cbr\u003eProject 5: License to Drone\u003cbr\u003e2 Small-Scale Fun\u003cbr\u003eProject 6: Your First Drone\u003cbr\u003eProject 7: Takeoff\u003cbr\u003eProject 8: Basic Movement\u003cbr\u003eProject 9: Smooth Sailing\u003cbr\u003eProject 10: Flips\u003cbr\u003e3 Picking the Parts\u003cbr\u003eProject 11: How Big?\u003cbr\u003eProject 12: Powertrain\u003cbr\u003eProject 13: Power\u003cbr\u003eProject 14: Radio Control\u003cbr\u003eProject 15: Brains\u003cbr\u003e4 Assembly\u003cbr\u003eProject 16: Soldering 101\u003cbr\u003eProject 17: The Build Begins!\u003cbr\u003eProject 18: Now That’s a Drone\u003cbr\u003eProject 19: Flight Computer\u003cbr\u003eProject 20: Looks Matter\u003cbr\u003e5 We Have Liftoff\u003cbr\u003eProject 21: It’s Alive!\u003cbr\u003eProject 22: Calibration Is Key\u003cbr\u003eProject 23: Get in Control\u003cbr\u003eProject 24: First Flight\u003cbr\u003eProject 25: PID Values\u003cbr\u003e6 Payload Fun\u003cbr\u003eProject 26: High Heels\u003cbr\u003eProject 27: Let There be Light!\u003cbr\u003eProject 28: Filming\u003cbr\u003eProject 29: Wobbly Woes\u003cbr\u003eProject 30: Ideas Galore\u003cbr\u003e7 First-Person Flying\u003cbr\u003eProject 31: Equipment Basics\u003cbr\u003eProject 32: Broadcasting Live!\u003cbr\u003eProject 33: FPV Safety\u003cbr\u003eProject 34: Take Control\u003cbr\u003eProject 35: FPV 2.0\u003cbr\u003e8 Onwards and Upwards\u003cbr\u003eProject 36: Intelligence\u003cbr\u003eProject 37: Hexacopter? Octocopter? Bigger? Smaller?\u003cbr\u003eProject 38: Brain Dump\u003cbr\u003eProject 39: Show Off\u003cbr\u003eProject 40: Airborne!\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738461516119,"sku":"9781259861468","price":23.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781259861468.jpg?v=1723812070"},{"product_id":"schaums-outline-of-electric-circuits-seventh-edition-9781260011968","title":"Schaums Outline of Electric Circuits Seventh","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTough Test Questions? Missed Lectures? Not Enough Time? Textbook too Pricey?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFortunately, there's Schaum's. This all-in-one-package includes more than 500 fully-solved problems, examples, and practice exercises to sharpen your problem-solving skills. Plus, you will have access to 25 detailed videos featuring math instructors who explain how to solve the most commonly tested problemsâit's just like having your own virtual tutor! You'll find everything you need to build your confidence, skills, and knowledge and achieve the highest score possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them study faster, learn better, and get top grades. Now Schaum's is better than ever-with a new look, a new format with hundreds of practice problems, and completely updated information to conform to the latest developments in every field of study. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format and\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Circuit Concepts \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e3. Circuit Laws\u003cbr\u003e4. Analysis Methods\u003cbr\u003e5. Amplifiers and Operational Amplifier Circuits\u003cbr\u003e6. Waveforms and Signals\u003cbr\u003e7. First-Order Circuits\u003cbr\u003e8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency\u003cbr\u003e9. Sinusoidal Steady-State Circuit Analysis\u003cbr\u003e10. AC Power\u003cbr\u003e11. Polyphase Circuits\u003cbr\u003e12. Frequency Response, Filters, and Resonance\u003cbr\u003e13. Two-Port Networks\u003cbr\u003e14. Mutual Inductance and Transformers\u003cbr\u003e15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice\u003cbr\u003e16. The LaPlace Transform Method\u003cbr\u003e17. Fourier Method of Waveform Analysis\u003cbr\u003eAppendix A Complex Number System\u003cbr\u003eAppendix B Matrices and Determinants","brand":"McGraw-Hill Education","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738465087831,"sku":"9781260011968","price":14.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781260011968.jpg?v=1723812071"},{"product_id":"introductory-circuit-analysis-global-edition-9781292720302","title":"Introductory Circuit Analysis Global Edition","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAbout our authors\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRobert L. Boylestad\u003c\/strong\u003e signed the original contract for \u003ccite\u003eIntroductory Circuit Analysis\u003c\/cite\u003e in 1965, resulting in a publishing date of 1968: a current life history of some 60 years. He wrote the first 13 editions, with an average timespan of 4.5 years between editions. With each edition, he felt upon completion that he'd done all he could to make it the best available. However, as the years pass there is always something such as content, coverage, examples or problems that can withstand some improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor the 14th edition, Professor Boylestad felt it wise to join hands with Professor Brian Olivari (Maine Maritime Academy) to be sure he was fully aware of recent trends in the scope and depth of coverage in various subject areas. He feels it has been a wonderful union in developing the content of this edition.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHis history in the educational field includes some 45 years at various professorial ranks in the City University\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntroduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage and Current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOhm's Law, Power, and Energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries dc Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParallel dc Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries-Parallel Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMethods of Analysis and Selected Topics (dc)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNetwork Theorems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInductors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSinusoidal Alternating Waveforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Basic Elements and Phasors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries ac Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParallel ac Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeries-Parallel ac Networks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMethods of Analysis and Selected Topics (ac)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNetwork Theorems (ac)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower (ac)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResonance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecibels, Filters, and Bode Plots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransformers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolyphase Systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulse Waveforms and the R-C Response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNonsinusoidal Circuits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e  APPENDICES  \u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConversion Factors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeterminants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreek Alphabet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic Parameter Conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum Power Transfer Conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnswers to Selected Odd-Numbered Problems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738543468887,"sku":"9781292720302","price":79.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292720302.jpg?v=1723812130"},{"product_id":"making-tiktok-videos-9781394156061","title":"Making TikTok Videos","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCreate videos using the tricks of TikTok stars! Making TikTok Videos reveals the secrets that TikTok celebs and influencers use to make the videos that everyone's watching. Hilarious clips, the latest dances, instruction videoswhatever you want to do, make sure it shows off the latest TikTok styles. This book shows you how to use whatever you have on hand to record, edit, and upload TikToks. Add music and text, get creative, and start sharing your finished products. With this guide, you'll get easy instructions on how to make videos that people remember. You also get some tips on how to bring viewers to your account. Use your mobile device to shoot videos with top-notch sound Learn the editing tricks TikTok pros use to create a finished video Set up your TikTok account and set your privacyKeep up with the latest TikTok video stylesWritten especially for the 10-14 age group interested in creating their first TikTok videos, this Dummies Jr. title will help you get plugged into the TikTok universe.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIntroduction 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout TikTok 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout This Book 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout You 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbout Icons 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 1: Getting Started 6\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Smart Choices 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Permission 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopyright 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Safety 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNavigating The App 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading TikTok 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Your Profile 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivacy 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking A Quick Look At The Features 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEquipment You’ll Need 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 2: Finding Inspiration 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing The Search Bar 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTop Videos 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTop Users 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePopular Videos 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrending Sounds 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive Streamers 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHashtags 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe For You Page (Fyp) 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Following Page 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Friends Page 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 3: Popular TikToks 29\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClassic Dances 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChallenges 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePranks 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Water Bottle Prank 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Water And Broom Prank 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Toilet’s Running Prank 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLip Syncs 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuets And Stitches 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore TikToks To Make 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrwm 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStory Time 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnboxing 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLists 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecipes 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRoutine And Day In My Life 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTutorial 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHaul 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 4: Making A TikTok 48\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecording Your First TikTok 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking A Plan 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRecording Options 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Sounds 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApplying Effects 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Effects Library 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTrending Effects 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNew Effects 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePopular Effects 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSpecial Tools 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEditing 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUploading Your Content 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjusting Clips 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSound Sync Versus Default 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eText 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eText-To-Speech 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting A Text Timer 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTransitions 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Transitions Using The Effects Library 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding Custom Transitions 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStickers 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVoiceovers 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMore Editing Tools 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUploading Your TikTok 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVideo Description 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHashtags 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Your Thumbnail 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrivacy Settings 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClose Captions 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePosting To Other Platforms 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTop Creative Tips 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBring The Energy 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEncourage Rewatches 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExperiment Often 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGrab Their Attention 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMake It Bingeable 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eListen To Comments 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCollaborate 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 5: Going LIVE 102\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQualifying For TikTok LIVE 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhy Go LIVE 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Your Plan 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThink Of Your Goal 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate A Rough Outline 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDecide How Long You Will Be Live 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIt’s All About Timing 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGive Your Followers A Heads Up 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInspiration For Going LIVE 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting The Scene 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest Your Internet Connection 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFraming 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLighting 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSound 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKeep Props Nearby 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Ready To Go LIVE 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Enhance, Filters, And Effects While Live 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngaging With Your Followers 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCo-Hosting 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGifting 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCoins 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSending Gifts 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReceiving Gifts 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor Your Safety 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon’t Feed The Trolls 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWorking With Moderators 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive Guidelines 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eProject 6: Growing Your Audience 136\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing The Metrics In Creator Tools 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview Metrics 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContent Metrics 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollower Metrics 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLive Metrics 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining A Content Journal 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContent Buckets 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMaking Your Content Journal 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePosting Frequency 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Drafts 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Viral Videos 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Viral 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe TikTok Algorithm 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing The Algorithm 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIncreasing Your Chances Of Going Viral 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTaking A Closer Look At Your Most-Viewed Video 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Audience Growth Tips 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCounting Followers 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePutting It All Together 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGlossary 170\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738656944471,"sku":"9781394156061","price":9.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781394156061.jpg?v=1720049796"},{"product_id":"teach-yourself-visually-photoshop-elements-2023-9781394161119","title":"Teach Yourself VISUALLY Photoshop Elements 2023","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA fast and easy way for visual learners to get a grip on Photoshop Elements Are you a visual learner? Do you prefer a single, crystal-clear screenshot showing you how to do something to a long-winded explanation telling you how to do it? If so, then this book is for you. Open up Teach Yourself VISUALLY Photoshop Elements and you'll find vibrant, step-by-step screenshots showing you how to master over 100 Photoshop Elements tasks. Each task-based spread covers one technique at a time, ensuring you get up and running fast. You'll learn how to: Organize, import, save, and print your photosEnhance the lighting and color of pictures that need a little sprucing upApply cool effects that make your photos more lively and interestingThe book breaks big topics down into bite-sized modules with succinct explanations, walking you through every step you need to take. The full-color screenshots demonstrate each task, and helpful sidebars offer practical, hands-on tips and tricks you'll use every tim\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1 Getting Started\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Photoshop Elements 2023 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Digital Images 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStart Photoshop Elements 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eExplore the Editor Workspace 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTour the Organizer Workspace 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitch Between the Organizer and the Editor 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Photoshop Elements Tools 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSwitch Editing Modes 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Tools 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Panels 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet Program Preferences 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Rulers and Guides 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2 Importing and Opening Digital Images\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGet Photos for Your Projects 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImport Photos from a Digital Camera or Card Reader 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImport Photos from a Scanner 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen a Photo 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Blank Image 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSave an Image 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePrint Photos 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Photo Panorama 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuplicate a Photo 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClose a Photo 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3 Applying Basic Image Edits\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManage Open Images 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Layouts 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Zoom Tool 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePan the Image 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange the Canvas Size 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eResize an Image by Resampling 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCrop an Image 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStraighten an Image 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRotate an Image 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork in Quick Mode 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply an Effect in Quick Mode 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd a Frame in Quick Mode 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Automatic Enhancements 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd a Texture 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUndo Edits 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRevert an Image 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4 Using Layers\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing Layers 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate and Add Content to a Layer 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHide a Layer 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMove a Layer 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDuplicate a Layer 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelete a Layer 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReorder Layers 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange the Opacity of a Layer 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLink Layers 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMerge Layers 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRename a Layer 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Fill Layer 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlend Layers 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5 Making Selections\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect an Area with the Marquee 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect an Area with the Lasso 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect an Area with the Magic Wand 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect an Area with the Quick Selection Tool 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSelect an Area with the Selection Brush 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSave and Load a Selection 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInvert a Selection 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeselect a Selection 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6 Manipulating Selections\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd to or Subtract from a Selection 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMove a Selection 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply the Content-Aware Move Tool 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCopy and Paste a Selection 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDelete a Selection 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRotate a Selection 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScale a Selection 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSkew or Distort a Selection 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRefine the Edge of a Selection 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse Feathering to Create a Soft Border 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7 Enhancing Lighting, Color, and Sharpness\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Levels 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Shadows and Highlights 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Brightness and Contrast 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse the Dodge and Burn Tools 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSharpen an Image 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse the Blur and Sharpen Tools 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Skin Color 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Color with the Sponge Tool 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReplace a Color 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConvert a Color Photo to Black and White 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Color to a Black and White Photo 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Colors by Using Color Curves 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply the Auto Smart Tone Tool 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8 Applying Quick and Guided Edits\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQuickly Fix a Photo 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemove Red Eye 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemove a Color Cast 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRestore an Old Photo 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImprove a Portrait 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply a Lomo Camera Effect 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Motion with Zoom Burst 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Perfect Pet Pic 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Soft Focus with the Orton Effect 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply a Reflection 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMake a Meme 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Vintage Look 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9 Painting and Drawing on Photos\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRetouch with the Clone Stamp Tool 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemove a Spot 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSet the Foreground and Background Colors 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Color with the Brush Tool 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange Brush Styles 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUse a Brush to Replace a Color 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdjust Colors with the Smart Brush 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw a Simple Shape 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd an Arrow 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply the Eraser 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply a Gradient 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Content from the Graphics Panel 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd Text 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eModify Text 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Warped Text 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraw Text Around a Shape 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd a Layer Mask 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEdit a Layer Mask 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10 Applying Filters and Styles\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEqualize an Image 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Negative 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlur an Image 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDistort an Image 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurn an Image into Art 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTurn an Image into a Sketch 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Print Halftone 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdd a Drop Shadow to a Layer 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply Other Styles 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnhance with an Effect 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11 Organizing Your Photos\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Organizer 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen the Organizer 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChange the View 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Catalog 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Photos in Media View 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Photos in Full Screen 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView File Information 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork with Albums 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFind Photos 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eView Versions of a File 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRemove a Photo from the Organizer 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eApply an Instant Fix 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerform Other Organization Tasks 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 262\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738658582871,"sku":"9781394161119","price":21.24,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781394161119.jpg?v=1720049804"},{"product_id":"beginning-azure-devops-9781394165889","title":"Beginning Azure DevOps","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe perfect DevOps guide for beginning Azure users\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eBeginning Azure DevOps: Planning, Building, Testing and Releasing Software Applications on Azure,\u003c\/i\u003e award-winning software engineer Adora Nwodo delivers a beginner''s guide to DevOps on the Microsoft-powered Azure cloud platform. In the book, you''ll learn to deploy Azure''s built-in DevOps tools required to plan, build, test, and ship applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe author explains how to use Azure''s functionality for project management, version control, code testing, and continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI\/CD). She discusses how to plan software development projects from start to finish using Agile and Scrum techniques. Readers will also find:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUpdated source code repositories on GitHub with instructive practice exercises\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStrategies for improving collaboration and automating your code-to-cloud workflows\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTechniques for securing your code with advanced capabilities\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 1: Introduction to Devops 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefinition and Overview of DevOps 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHistory of DevOps 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe DevOps Life Cycle 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Benefit of DevOps 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Current State of DevOps 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 2: Introduction to Azure Devops 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is Azure DevOps? 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure DevOps Services vs. Azure DevOps Server 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDifferences Between Azure DevOps Services and Azure DevOps Server 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eScoping 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthentication 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsers and Group 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUser Access Management 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eData Protection 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSimilarities Between Azure DevOps Services and Azure DevOps Server 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFeatures 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnalytics and Reporting 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProcess Customization 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdded Benefits on Azure DevOps Services 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure DevOps Features 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Azure DevOps 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Monitor 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure DevTest Labs 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 3: Managing an Azure Devops Project With Azure Boards 17\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure DevOps Organizations 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlanning Your Organization 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Azure DevOps Organization 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure DevOps Projects 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Projects 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSingle Project 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMany Projects 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating an Azure DevOps Project 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnderstanding Project Processes 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConcepts in Azure Boards 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWork Items 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Work Item 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBacklogs 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eManaging Backlogs 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBoards 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSprints 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQueries 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlans 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntegrating Azure Boards with GitHub 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGitHub and Azure Boards Connection 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGitHub and Azure Boards Verification 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 4: Version Control with Azure Repos 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVersion Control 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eVersion Control Systems 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHistory of Version Control 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Version Control 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGit 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhat Is a Git Repository? 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Git Repository on Azure DevOps 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Repository Permissions 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Repository 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCloning the Repository 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImport an Existing Git Repository to Azure DevOps 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePull Requests 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDraft Pull Requests 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Pull Request from Azure Repos 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Pull Request from the Pull Requests Page 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Pull Request from a Feature Branch 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Pull Request from a Work Item in Azure Boards 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Draft Pull Request 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCollaborate in Pull Requests 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGit Tags 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAnnotated Tags 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLightweight Tags 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate Tags in Azure DevOps 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Tags View 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing the Commits View 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 5: Automating Code Builds with Azure Pipelines 67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Continuous Integration and Continuous Deployment 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Integration 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Deployment 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Delivery 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Azure Pipelines 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Pipelines Features 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Pipelines 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Pipelines Using YAML 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDefining Pipelines Using the Classic Editor 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComponents of Azure Pipelines 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Pipelines Agents and Agent Pools 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgents 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAgent Pools 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Microsoft- Hosted Agents 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Self- Hosted Linux Agents 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Self- Hosted Windows Agents 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Self- Hosted macOS Agents 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Pipelines Build Script 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYAML Overview 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWriting a Build Script 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 6: Running Automated Tests with Azure Pipelines 89\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Software Testing 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHistory of Software Testing 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Testing 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImportance of Software Testing 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Software Tests 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnit Tests 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntegration Tests 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSmoke Tests 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRegression Tests 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnd- to- End Tests 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOther Types of Software Tests 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSteps for Running Software Tests 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Testing in Azure Pipelines 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 7: Creating and Hosting Source Code Packages with Azure Artifacts 103\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Artifact Repositories 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Azure Artifacts 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Artifacts Feeds 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProject- Scoped Feeds 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOrganization- Scoped Feeds 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Create an Azure Artifacts Feed 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublic Feeds 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Artifacts Feed Views 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Azure Artifacts Feed Views 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUpstream Sources 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Upstream Sources 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Update a Feed to Use an Upstream Source 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Create a Feed with Upstream Source Capability 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow to Add a Feed in Your Organization to an Upstream Source 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublishing Artifacts in Azure Pipelines 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublishing Artifacts Using the publish Keyword in YAML 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublishing Artifacts Using a YAML Task 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePublishing Artifacts Using the Classic Editor 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading Artifacts in Azure Pipelines 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading Artifacts Using the Download Keyword in YAML 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading Artifacts Using a YAML Task 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDownloading Artifacts Using the Classic Editor 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 8: Automating Code Deployments With Azure Pipelines 125\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Deployment and Continuous Delivery in DevOps 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Deployment 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Deployment Tools 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvantages of Continuous Deployment 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContinuous Delivery 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvantages of Continuous Delivery 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRelease Pipelines 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvantages of Release Pipelines 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Release Pipelines Work in Azure 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeployment Model Using Azure Release Pipelines 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating the Release Pipeline 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating a Release 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eMultistage Pipelines 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 9: Application Testing with Azure Test Plans 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Azure Test Plans 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Azure Test Plans Work 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdvantages of Azure Test Plans 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Test Plans and Test Suites 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest Plans 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest Suites 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Static Test Suite 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Requirement- Based Test Suite 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAdding a Query- Based Test Suite 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTest Cases 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Test Cases 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Test Cases 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConfigurations in Tests 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreating Test Configurations 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAssigning Test Configurations 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning Manual Tests 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning Tests with Configurations 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eViewing Manual Test Results 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning Automated Tests from Test Plans 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Your Environment for Automated Tests 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eRunning the Tests 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 10: Infrastructure Automation with Azure Pipelines 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverview of Infrastructure Automation 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTypes of Infrastructure as Code 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImperative Infrastructure as Code 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeclarative Infrastructure as Code 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Infrastructure as Code 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eInfrastructure Automation Tools on Azure 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Resource Manager Templates 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Bicep 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHow Azure Bicep Works 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBenefits of Azure Bicep 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Azure Bicep in Azure Pipelines 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting Up Azure Bicep on Your Computer 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Bicep Templates Overview 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAzure Bicep Templates in Azure Pipelines 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePipeline Authentication 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying Azure Bicep Templates Using the Pipeline 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 11: Exercise— Practice Using Azure Devops Tools 187\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Sample Application 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCreate a Fork of the Project 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eClone Your Fork Locally 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eImporting the Repository from GitHub to Azure Repos 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Azure Boards to Manage Work Items 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eCommitting Code That Adds New Features 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBuilding the Code in Azure Pipelines 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDeploying the Code 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 12: Starting a Career in Azure Devops 197\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStarting an Azure DevOps Career 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eGetting Your First Job as an Azure DevOps Engineer 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFinding an Azure DevOps Community Near You 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSummary 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eChapter 13: Conclusion 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix: Review Questions 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 219\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738659795287,"sku":"9781394165889","price":30.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781394165889.jpg?v=1720049805"},{"product_id":"reeds-vol-15-electronics-navigational-aids-and-radio-theory-for-electrotechnical-officers-2nd-edition-9781399410021","title":"Reeds Vol 15 Electronics Navigational Aids and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCovering the complete Association of Marine Electric and Radio Colleges (AMERC) syllabus for Electrotechnology Officers (ETOs), the book is divided into three sections: Basic Electronics; Navigational Aids (theory and fault finding); and Radio Communications (including GMDSS).\u003c\/b\u003eThe first textbook aimed primarily at Electro-technical Officers (covering the changes to the STCW 2010), volume 15 of the Reeds Marine Engineering Series includes technical diagrams, worked examples and self-study questions to help in student understanding.This second edition has been updated throughout, and expanded with new questions and answers. It is an essential book for all students undertaking an ETO course.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 BASIC ELECTRONICS Insulators and Conductors Resistance Capacitance Inductance Semiconductors Signal Shaping Operational Amplifiers Transformers Amplifiers and Oscillators Power Supplies Digital Devices and Systems Displays Measuring Instruments 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS - THEORY AND FAULT FINDING Micro Computers Gyro Compass Autopilot Steering Gear Echo Sounder Speed Log Automatic Identification System (AIS) Long Range Identification and Tracking (LRIT) Global Positioning System (GPS) Differential GPS Loran C eLoran Radar Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) Voyage Data Recorder (VDR) Navtex Fault Finding in Bridge Equipment Systems 3 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS Radiation and Propagation Amplitude and Angle Modulation Radio Transmitters Radio Receivers Receiver Characteristics Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) 4 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS","brand":"Bloomsbury Publishing PLC","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738901360983,"sku":"9781399410021","price":52.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781399410021.jpg?v=1720050532"},{"product_id":"ew-101-a-first-course-in-electronic-warfare-9781580531696","title":"EW 101: A First Course in Electronic Warfare","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEW 101 has been a popular column in the Journal of Electronic Defense for a number of years. This compilation of tutorial articles from JED provides introductory level electronic warfare instruction for students of the discipline.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction. Basic Mathematical Concepts - dB Values and Equations. The Link Equation for ALL EW Functions. Link Issues in Practical EW Applications. Relations in Sherical Triangles. EW Applications of Spherical Trigonometry. Antennas - Antenna Parameters and Definitions. Types of Antennas. Parameter Tradeoffs in Parabolic Antennas. Phased Array Antennas.  Receivers - Crystal Video Receiver. IFM Receiver. Tuned Radio Frequency Receiver. Superheterodyne Receiver. Fixed Tuned Receiver. Channelized Receiver. Bragg Cell Receiver. Compressive Receiver. Digital Recievers. Receiver Systems. Receiver Sensitivity. FM Sensitivity. Digital Sensitivity. EW Processing - Processing Tasks. Determining Values of Parameters. Deinterleaving. Operator Interface. Modern Aircraft Operator Interface. Operator Interface in Tactical ESM Systems.  Search - Definitions and Parametric Constraints. Narrowband Frequency Search Strategies. The Signal Environment. Look-Through. LPI Signals - Low-Probability-of Intercept Signals. Frequency-Hopping Signals. Chirp Signals. Direct-Sequence Spread-Spectrum Signals. Some Real-World Considerations. Emitter Location - The Role of Emitter Location. Emitter Location Geometry. Emitter Location Accuracy. Amplitude-Based Emitter Location. Interferometer Direction Finding. Interferometric DF Implementation. Direction Finding Using the Doppler Principle. Time of Arrival Emitter Location. Jamming - Classifications of Jamming. Jamming-to-Signal Ratio. Burn-Through. Cover Jamming. Range Deceptive Jamming. Inverse Gain Jamming. AGC Jamming. Velocity Gate Pull-Off. Deceptive Techniques Against Monopulse Radars.  Decoys - Types of Decoys. RCS and Reflected Power. Passive Decoys. Active Decoys. Saturation Decoys. Seduction Decoys. Effective RCS Through an Engagement. Simulation - Definitions. Computer Simulation. Engagement Scenario Model. Operation Interface Simulation. Practical Considerations in Operator Interface Simulation. Emulation. Antenna Emulation. Receiver Emulation. Threat Emulation. Threat Antenna-Pattern Emulation. Multiple-Signal Emulation. Appendix A. About the Author. Index.","brand":"Artech House Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740528128343,"sku":"9781580531696","price":100.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781580531696.jpg?v=1720054938"},{"product_id":"emi-troubleshooting-cookbook-for-product-designers-9781613530191","title":"EMI Troubleshooting Cookbook for Product","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eEMI Troubleshooting Cookbook for Product Designers\u003c\/i\u003e provides the 'recipe' for identifying why products fail to meet EMI\/EMC regulatory standards. It also outlines techniques for tracking the noise source, and discovering the coupling mechanism, that is causing the undesired effects.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis title gives examples of simple, easily implemented, and inexpensive troubleshooting tools that can be built by the engineer or technician, and uses methods that require only a basic understanding of electromagnetic theory and a minimal background in EMI\/EMC.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eIt will show the engineer and technician how to develop a process for troubleshooting using a straightforward approach in solving what may seem like a rather complicated problem at first. It will provide guidelines on how to approach an EMI failure, things to try, how to choose the right parts and balance cost, performance, and schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e                \u003cp\u003eThis book tells readers trying to solve EMI problems what to do and how to do it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e'Great treatment of EMI troubleshooting. This book should be on the bookshelf of every EMI engineer, and anybody else responsible for EMI compliance.'\u003c\/p\u003e -- Daryl Gerke, PE, Kimmel Gerke Associates, Ltd. (EMC Consulting Engineers)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 1: Electromagnetic Fundamentals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 2: Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 3: Instrumentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 4: Radiated Emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 5: Conducted Emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 6: Radiated Susceptibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 7: Conducted Susceptibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 8: Electrically Fast Transient (EFT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 9: Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 10: Transient Suppression for Surge and Lightning Pulses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 11: Other Specific EMI Issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix A: Conversions, Handy Formulas, and Definitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix B: Analyzing Clock Oscillators, Digital Sources and Harmonics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix C: Using Reactance Graphs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix D: Recommended EMI Toolkit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix E: Filter Design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix F: Measuring Resonant Structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix G: EMC Standards and Regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix H: EMC Symbols and Acronyms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"SciTech Publishing Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740636229975,"sku":"9781613530191","price":62.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781613530191.jpg?v=1720055206"},{"product_id":"from-lte-to-lte-advanced-pro-and-5g-9781630814533","title":"From LTE to LTE-Advanced Pro and 5G","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book examines the new features of LTE technologies and how they integrate into existing LTE networks.  The authors provide an in-depth coverage of how the air interface is structured at the physical level and how the related link protocols are designed and work. It contains detailed chapters on the end-to-end data transfer optimization mechanisms based on the TCP. Readers will find information about OFDMA, and how DFT is used to implement it, SON specifications and realization and potential 5G solutions, as considered in releases 14 and beyond, the migration paths, and the challenges involved with the latest updates and standardization process.   The book gives an insight into core network architecture, including the protocols and signaling used for both data and voice services, parameter estimations, and network planning and sizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA well written book providing network design practitioners a comprehensive summary with practical details of the standards and technologies behind 4G LTE, LTE-Advanced (-Pro) and 5G. This network design handbook is a must have for Policy Makers, CTO's, radio- and core network engineers of cellular telecom operators to implement optimal current and future LTE networks. -- Werner Noz * Trend Communications International *\u003cbr\u003eClear concise description of components and features which form the LTE solution, and how these entities will evolve as we move from LTE towards 5G. -- Robert Ivers * TfL London *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Underlying DFT Concepts and Formulations; The Air Interface Architecture and Operation; The Coverage-Capacity Planning and Analysis; Pre-Launch Parameter Planning and Resource Allocation; Radio Resource Control and Mobility Management; Inter-Cell Interference Management in LTE; SON Technologies in LTC; EPC Network Architecture, Planning and Dimensioning Guideline; LTE_Advanced Main Enhancements; Optimization for TCP Operation in 4G and Other Networks; Voice over LTE (VOLTE); LTE-Advance Pro-Enhanced LTE Features; Towards 5G","brand":"Artech House Publishers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48740695834967,"sku":"9781630814533","price":90.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781630814533.jpg?v=1720055378"},{"product_id":"theory-of-edge-diffraction-in-electromagnetics-origination-and-validation-of-the-physical-theory-of-diffraction-9781891121661","title":"Theory of Edge Diffraction in Electromagnetics:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book is an essential resource for researchers involved in designing antennas and RCS calculations. It is also useful for students studying high frequency diffraction techniques. It contains basic original ideas of the Physical Theory of Diffraction (PTD), examples of its practical application, and its validation by the mathematical theory of diffraction. The derived analytic expressions are convenient for numerical calculations and clearly illustrate the physical structure of the scattered field. The text's key topics include: Theory of diffraction at black bodies introduces the Shadow Radiation, a fundamental component of the scattered field; RCS of finite bodies of revolution-cones, paraboloids, etc.; models of construction elements for aircraft and missiles; scheme for measurement of that part of a scattered field which is radiated by the diffraction (so-called nonuniform) currents induced on scattering objects; development of the parabolic equation method for investigation of edge-diffraction; and a new exact and asymptotic solutions in the strip diffraction problems, including scattering at an open resonator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 1: Diffraction of Electromagnetic Waves at Black Bodies: Generalization of Kirchhoff-Kottler Theory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 2: Edge Diffraction at Convex Perfectly Conducting Bodies: Elements of the Physical Theory of Diffraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 3: Edge Diffraction at Concave Surfaces: Extension of the Physical Theory of Diffraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 4: Measurement of Radiation from Diffraction \/ Nonuniform Currents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 5: Analysis of Wedge Diffraction Using the Parabolic Equation Method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 6: Current Waves on Thin Conductors and Strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 7: Radiation of Edge Waves: Theory Based on the Reciprocity Theorem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 8: Functional and Integral Equations for Strip Diffraction (Neumann Boundary Problem)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 9: Asymptotic Representation for the Current Density on a Strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 10: Asymptotic Representation for the Scattering Pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 11: Plane Wave Diffraction at a Strip Oriented in the Direction of Polarization (Dirichlet Boundary Problem)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChapter 12: Edge Diffraction at Open-Ended Parallel Plate Resonator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 1: Relationships Between the Gaussian System (GS) and the System International (SI) for Electromagnetic Units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppendix 2: The Key Equivalence Theorem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"SciTech Publishing Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742408946007,"sku":"9781891121661","price":84.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781891121661.jpg?v=1720061270"},{"product_id":"material-integrated-intelligent-systems-technology-and-applications-9783527336067","title":"Material-Integrated Intelligent Systems:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCombining different perspectives from materials science, engineering, and computer science, this reference provides a unified view of the various aspects necessary for the successful realization of intelligent systems.\u003cbr\u003e The editors and authors are from academia and research institutions with close ties to industry, and are thus able to offer first-hand information here. They adopt a unique, three-tiered approach such that readers can gain basic, intermediate, and advanced topical knowledge. The technology section of the book is divided into chapters covering the basics of sensor integration in materials, the challenges associated with this approach, data processing, evaluation, and validation, as well as methods for achieving an autonomous energy supply. The applications part then goes on to showcase typical scenarios where material-integrated intelligent systems are already in use, such as for structural health monitoring and smart textiles.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword XV\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface XIX\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart One Introduction 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 On Concepts and Challenges of Realizing Material-Integrated Intelligent Systems 3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse and Dirk Lehmhus\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 System Development Methodologies and Tools (Part Two) 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Sensor Technologies and Material Integration (Part Three and Four) 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Signal and Data Processing (Part Five) 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Networking and Communication (Part Six) 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Energy Supply and Management (Part Seven) 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.7 Applications (Part Eight) 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Two System Development 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Design Methodology for Intelligent Technical Systems 31\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMareen Vaßholz, Roman Dumitrescu, and Jürgen Gausemeier\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 From Mechatronics to Intelligent Technical Systems 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Self-Optimizing Systems 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Design Methodology for Intelligent Technical Systems 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Domain-Spanning Conceptual Design 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Domain-Specific Conceptual Design 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Smart Systems Design Methodologies and Tools 55\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003eNicola Bombieri, Franco Fummi, Giuliana Gangemi, Michelangelo Grosso,\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEnrico Macii, Massimo Poncino, and Salvatore Rinaudo\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Smart Electronic Systems and Their Design Challenges 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The Smart Systems Codesign before SMAC 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 The SMAC Platform 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 The Platform Overview 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.1 System C–SystemVue Cosimulation 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.2 ADS and the Thermal Simulation 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.3 EMPro Extension and ADS Integration 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.4 Automated EM – Circuit Cosimulation in ADS 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.5 HIF Suite Toolsuite 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1.6 The MEMS+ Platform 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 The (Co)Simulation Levels and the Design–Domains Matrix 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Case Study: A Sensor Node for Drift-Free Limb Tracking 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 System Architecture 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Model Development and System-Level Simulation 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Results 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Conclusions 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Three Sensor Technologies 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) 83\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLi Yunjia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 What Is MEMS 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Why MEMS 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 MEMS Sensors 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Goal of This Chapter 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Materials 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Silicon 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Dielectrics 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Metals 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Microfabrication Technologies 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Silicon Wafers 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Lithography 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Etching 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Deposition Techniques 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Other Processes 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.6 Surface and Bulk Micromachining 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 MEMS Sensor 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Resistive Sensors 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Capacitive Sensors 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Sensor Systems 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Fiber-Optic Sensors 107\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYi Yang, Kevin Chen, and Nikhil Gupta\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction to Fiber-Optic Sensors 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Sensing Principles 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Types of Optical Fibers 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Trends in Sensor Fabrication and Miniaturization 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Fiber-Optic Sensors for Structural Health Monitoring 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Sensors for Cure Monitoring of Composites 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Embedded FOS in Composite Materials 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Surface-Mounted FOS in Composite Materials 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 FOS for Structural Monitoring 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4.1 Aerospace Structures 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4.2 Civil Structures 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4.3 Marine Structures 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Frequency Modulation Sensors 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Bragg Grating Sensors 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Fabry–Pérot Interferometer Sensor 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Whispering Gallery Mode Sensors 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Intensity Modulation Sensors 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Fiber Microbend Sensors 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Fiber-Optic Loop Sensor 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Some Challenges in SHM of Composite Materials 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Summary 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Electronics Development for Integration 137\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJan Vanfleteren\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Standard Flat Rigid Printed Circuits Boards and Components Assembly 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Flexible Circuits 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Need for Alternative Circuit and Packaging Materials 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Chip Package Miniaturization Technologies 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Ultrathin Chip Package Technology 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 UTCP Circuit Integration 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.1 UTCP Embedding 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.2 UTCP Stacking 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Applications 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Elastic Circuits 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Printed Circuit Board-Based Elastic Circuits 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Thin Film Metal-Based Elastic Circuits 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Applications 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Wearable Light Therapy 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Stretchable Displays 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 2.5D Rigid Thermoplastic Circuits 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Large Area Textile-Based Circuits 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Electronic Module Integration Technology 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Applications 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Conclusions and Outlook 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Four Material Integration Solutions 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Sensor Integration in Fiber-Reinforced Polymers 161\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaryam Kahali Moghaddam, Mariugenia Salas, Michael Koerdt, Christian Brauner, Martina Hübner, Dirk\u003c\/i\u003e \u003ci\u003eLehmhus, and Walter Lang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction to Fiber-Reinforced Polymers 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Applications of Integrated Systems in Composites 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Production Process Monitoring and Quality Control of Composites 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.1 Monitoring of the Resin Flow 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.2 Analytical Modeling of Resin Front by Means of Simulation 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1.3 Monitoring the Resin Curing 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 In-Service Applications of Integrated Systems 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.1 Use for Structural Health Monitoring (SHM) 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2.2 Use As Support to Nondestructive Evaluation and Testing (NDE\/NDT) 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Production and Sensor Integration Processes 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Overview of Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Production Processes 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Sensor Integration in Fiber-Reinforced Polymers: Selected Case Studies 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Electronics Integration and Data Processing 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Materials Integration of Electronics 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Electronics for Wireless Sensing 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Examples of Sensors Integrated in Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Composites 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Ultrasound Reflection Sensing 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Pressure Sensors 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Thermocouples 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Fiber Optic Sensors 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Interdigital Planar Capacitive Sensors 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Conclusion 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Integration in Sheet Metal Structures 201\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWelf-Guntram Drossel, Roland Müller, Matthias Nestler, and Sebastian Hensel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Integration Technology 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Forming of Piezometal Compounds 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Characterization of Functionality 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Fields of Application 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Conclusion and Outlook 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Sensor and Electronics Integration in Additive Manufacturing 217\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDirk Lehmhus and Matthias Busse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction to Additive Manufacturing 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Overview of AM Processes 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Links between Sensor Integration and Additive Manufacturing 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 AM Sensor Integration Case Studies 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Cavity-Based Sensor and Electronic System Integration 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Multiprocess Hybrid Manufacturing Systems 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Toward a Single AM Platform for Structural Electronics Fabrication 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Conclusion and Outlook 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Five Signal and Data Processing: The Sensor Node Level 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Analog Sensor Signal Processing and Analog-to-Digital Conversion 259\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Horstmann, Marco Ramsbeck, and Stefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Operational Amplifiers 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Analog-to-Digital Converter Specifications 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Data Converter Architectures 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Low-Power ADC Designs and Power Classification 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Moving Window ADC Approach 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Digital Real-Time Data Processing with Embedded Systems 281\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse and Dirk Lehmhus\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Levels of Information 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Algorithms and Computational Models 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Scientific Data Mining 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Real-Time and Parallel Processing 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 The Known World: Model-Based Computing and Inverse Numeric 301\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eArmin Lechleiter and Stefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Physical Models in Parameter Identification 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Noisy Data Due to Sensor and Modeling Errors 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Coping with Noisy Data: Tikhonov Regularization and Parameter Choice Rules 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Tikhonov Regularization 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Rules for the Choice of the Regularization Parameter 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Explicit Minimizers for Linear Models 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 The Soft-Shrinkage Iteration 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Iterative Regularization Schemes 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Gradient Descent Schemes 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.10 Newton-Type Regularization Schemes 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.11 Numerical Examples in Load Reconstruction 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 The Unknown World: Model-Free Computing and Machine Learning 329\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Machine Learning – An Overview 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Learning of Data Streams 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Learning with Noise 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Distributed Event-Based Learning 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 ε-Interval and Nearest-Neighborhood Decision Tree Learning 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Machine Learning – A Sensorial Material Demonstrator 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Robustness and Data Fusion 343\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Robust System Design on System Level 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Six Networking and Communication: The Sensor Network Level 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Communication Hardware 351\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTim Tiedemann\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Communication Hardware in Their Applications 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Requirements for Embedded Communication Hardware 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Overview of Physical Communication Classes 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Examples of Wired Communication Hardware 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Examples of Wireless Communication Hardware 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Examples of Optical Communication Hardware 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Summary 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Networks and Communication Protocols 363\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Network Topologies and Network of Networks 364\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Redundancy in Networks 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Protocols 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Switched Networks versus Message Passing 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Bus Systems 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Message Passing and Message Formats 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Routing 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Failures, Robustness, and Reliability 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Distributed Sensor Networks 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Active Messaging and Agents 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Distributed and Cloud Computing: The Big Machine 385\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Reference 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 The Mobile Agent and Multiagent Systems 387\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 The Agent Computation and Interaction Model 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Dynamic Activity-Transition Graphs 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 The Agent Behavior Class 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Communication and Interaction of Agents 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Agent Programming Models 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Agent Processing Platforms and Technologies 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Agent-Based Learning 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Event and Distributed Agent-Based Learning of\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNoisy Sensor Data 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Seven Energy Supply 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Energy Management and Distribution 425\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eStefan Bosse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Design of Low-Power Smart Sensor Systems 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 A Toolbox for Energy Analysis and Simulation 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Dynamic Power Management 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.1 CPU-Centric DPM 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.2 I\/O-Centric DPM 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3.3 EDS Algorithm 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Energy-Aware Communication in Sensor Networks 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Energy Distribution in Sensor Networks 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.1 Distributed Energy Management in Sensor Networks\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUsing Agents 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Microenergy Storage 449\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRobert Kun, Chi Chen, and Francesco Ciucci\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Introduction 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Energy Harvesting\/Scavenging 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Energy Storage 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.1 Capacitors 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.2 Batteries 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.3 Fuel Cells 467\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.3.1 Low-Temperature Fuel Cells 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.3.2 High-Temperature Fuel Cells 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3.4 Other Storage Systems 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Summary and Perspectives 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Energy Harvesting 479\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRolanas Dauksevicius and Danick Briand\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Mechanical Energy Harvesters 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.1 Piezoelectric Micropower Generators 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.2 Micropower Generators Based on Electroactive Polymers 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.3 Electrostatic Micropower Generators 490\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.4 Electromagnetic Micropower Generators 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.5 Triboelectric Nanogenerators 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.6 Hybrid Micropower Generators 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.7 Wideband and Nonlinear Micropower Generators 494\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2.8 Concluding Remarks 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Thermal Energy Harvesters 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.1 Introduction to Thermoelectric Generators 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.2 Thermoelectric Materials and Efficiency 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.3 Other Thermal-to-Electrical Energy Conversion\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechniques 501\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Radiation Harvesters 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.1 Light Energy Harvesters 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.2 RF Energy Harvesters 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Summary and Perspectives 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePart Eight Application Scenarios 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Structural Health Monitoring (SHM) 531\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDirk Lehmhus and Matthias Busse\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 531\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Motivations for SHM System Implementation 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 SHM System Classification and Main Components 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1 Sensor and Actuator Elements for SHM Systems 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2 Communication in SHM Systems 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.3 SHM Data Evaluation Approaches and Principles 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 SHM Areas and Application and Case Studies 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Implications of Material Integration for SHM Systems 561\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 Conclusion and Outlook 562\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 564\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Achievements and Open Issues Toward Embedding Tactile Sensing and Interpretation into Electronic Skin Systems 571\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAli Ibrahim, Luigi Pinna, Lucia Seminara, and Maurizio Valle\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Introduction 571\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 The Skin Mechanical Structure 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2.1 Transducers and Materials 573\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2.2 An Example of Skin Integration into an Existing Robotic Platform 575\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Tactile Information Processing 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Computational Requirements 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.1 Electrical Impedance Tomography 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4.2 Tensorial Kernel 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Conclusions 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e24 Intelligent Materials in Machine Tool Applications: A Review 595\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHans-Christian Möhring\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 Applications of Shape Memory Alloys (SMA) 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 Applications of Piezoelectric Ceramics 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 Applications of Magnetostrictive Materials 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 Applications of Electro- and Magnetorheological\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFluids 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 Intelligent Structures and Components 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.6 Summary and Conclusion 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 604\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e25 New Markets\/Opportunities through Availability of Product Life Cycle Data 613\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eThorsten Wuest, Karl Hribernik, and Klaus-Dieter Thoben\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1 Product Life Cycle Management 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1.1 Closed-Loop and Item-Level PLM 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1.2 Data and Information in PLM 615\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1.3 Supporting Concepts for Data and Information Integration in PLM 616\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2 Case Studies 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.1 Case Study 1: Life Cycle of Leisure Boats 617\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.1.1 Sensors Used 618\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.1.2 Potential Application of Sensorial Materials 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.1.3 Limitations and Opportunities of Sensorial Materials 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.2 Case Study 2: PROMISE – Product Life Cycle Management and Information Using Smart Embedded Systems 620\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.2.1 Sensors Used 620\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.2.2 Potential Application of Sensorial Materials 621\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.2.3 Limitations and Opportunities of Sensorial Materials 621\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.3 Case Study 3: Composite Bridge 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.3.1 Sensors Used 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.3.2 Potential Application of Sensorial Materials 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2.3.3 Limitations and Opportunities of Sensorial Materials 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.3 Potential of Sensorial Materials in PLM Application 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 624\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e26 Human–Computer Interaction with Novel and Advanced Materials 629\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTanja Döring, Robert Porzel, and Rainer Malaka\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 Introduction 629\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.2 New Forms of Human–Computer Interaction 630\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3 Applications and Scenarios 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.1 Domestic and Personal Devices 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.1.1 The Marble Answering Machine 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.1.2 Living Wall: An Interactive Wallpaper 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.1.3 Sprout I\/O and Shutters: Ambient Textile Information Displays 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.1.4 FlexCase: A Flexible Sensing and Display Cover 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.2 Learning, Collaboration, and Entertainment 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.2.1 Tangibles for Learning and Creativity 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.2.2 inFORM: Supporting Remote Collaboration through Shape Capture and Actuation 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.3.2.3 The Soap Bubble Interface 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.4 Opportunities and Challenges 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.5 Conclusions 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 639\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 645\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743118635351,"sku":"9783527336067","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"electrochemical-engineering-from-discovery-to-product-9783527342068","title":"Electrochemical Engineering: From Discovery to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis volume in the \"Advances in Electrochemical Sciences and Engineering\" series focuses on problem-solving, illustrating how to translate basic science into engineering solutions.\u003cbr\u003e The book's concept is to bring together engineering solutions across the range of nano-bio-photo-micro applications, with each chapter co-authored by an academic and an industrial expert whose collaboration led to reusable methods that are relevant beyond their initial use.\u003cbr\u003e Examples of experimental and\/or computational methods are used throughout to facilitate the task of moving atomistic-scale discoveries and understanding toward well-engineered products and processes based on electrochemical phenomena.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeries Preface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introductory Perspectives 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eA. Paul Alivisatos andWojciech T. Osowiecki\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 The Joint Center for Energy Storage Research: A New Paradigm of Research, Development, and Demonstration 7\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eThomas J. Carney, Devin S. Hodge, Lynn Trahey, and Fikile R. Brushett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Background and Motivation 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Lithium-ion Batteries: Current State of the Art 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Beyond Li-Ion Batteries 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 JCESR Legacies and a New Paradigm for Research 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 The JCESR Team 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 JCESR Operational Tools 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Intellectual Property Management 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Communication Tools 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 JCESR Change Decision Process 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Safety in JCESR 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Battery Technology Readiness Level 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 JCESR Deliverables 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Scientific Tools in JCESR 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Techno-economic Modeling 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14.1 Techno-economic Modeling of a Metal–Air System for Transportation Applications 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14.2 Techno-economic Modeling of Flow Batteries for Grid Storage Applications 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15 The Electrochemical Discovery Laboratory 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15.1 The Effect of TraceWater on Beyond Li-ion Devices 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15.2 Stability of Redox Active Molecules 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16 Electrolyte Genome 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16.1 Screening of Redox Active Molecules for Redox Flow 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16.2 Examination of Multivalent Intercalation Materials 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.17 Combining the Electrolyte Genome with Techno-economic Modeling 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.18 Prototype Development 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.19 Legacy of JCESR 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.20 Conclusion 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Determination of Redox Reaction Mechanisms in Lithium–Sulfur Batteries 41\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKevin H.Wujcik, Dunyang R.Wang, Alexander A. Teran, Eduard Nasybulin, Tod A. Pascal, David Prendergast, and Nitash P. Balsara\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Basics of Lithium–Sulfur Chemistry 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 End Products of Electrochemical Reactions in the Sulfur Cathode 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Intermediate Products of Electrochemical Reactions in the Sulfur Cathode 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Reactions of S8 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Reactions of Li2S8 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Reactions of Li2S4 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Reactions of Li2S2 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Production of Radical Anions 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Fingerprinting Lithium Polysulfide Intermediates 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 UV–Vis Spectroscopy 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.4 Raman Spectroscopy 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 In Situ Spectroscopic Studies of Li–S Batteries 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 X-ray Absorption Spectroscopy 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 UV–Vis Spectroscopy 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Raman Spectroscopy 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Practical Considerations 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Concluding Remarks 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 From the Lab to Scaling-up Thin Film Solar Absorbers 75\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHariklia Deligianni, Lubomyr T. Romankiw, Daniel Lincot, and Pierre-Philippe Grand\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 State-of-the-art Electrodeposition for Photovoltaics 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Electrodeposited CuInGaSe2 (CIGS) 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Metal Layers 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Electrodeposition of Copper 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 Electrodeposition of Indium 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.4 Electrodeposition of Gallium 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Single Cu—In—Ga—Se—O Multicomponent Chemistries 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.1 Cu—In—Se Co-deposition 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.2 Cu—In—Ga—Se Co-deposition 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.3 Cu—In—Ga—O Co-deposition 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2.4 Cu—In—Ga Co-deposition 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 AnnealingMethods 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Fabrication of Solar Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Electrodeposited Cu2ZnSn(Se,S)4 (CZTS) and Emerging Materials 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Cu2ZnSn(Se,S)4 (CZTS) 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 From the Rotating Disk to the Paddle Cell as a Scale-up Platform 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Introduction to Scale-up 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Entirely New Solution Agitation Method 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 The Paddle Agitation Technique Is More Readily Scalable 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Electrical Contact Between the Thin Seed Layer and the Source of Current 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Previous Scale-up of the Paddle Cell 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 Scale-up of the Paddle Cell to 15 cm× 15 cm 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7 Scale-up of the Paddle Cell to 30 cm× 60 cm 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8 ImprovingWithin-Wafer Uniformity, Reproducibility, and Demonstration of Scalability 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8.1 Within-Wafer Uniformity 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8.2 Wafer-to-Wafer Reproducibility 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Scaling-up to 60 cm× 120 cm from Tiny Electrodes to Meters 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 A 1 m2 min−1 Continuous Industrial Scale 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Bath Control 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Insoluble Anode 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 Soluble Anode 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.3 Bath Maintenance and Reproducibility and Steady-State Operation 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Conclusions 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Thin-film Head and the Innovator’s Dilemma 129\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKeishi Ohashi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Thin-film Head Technology 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Magnetic Properties for HDD 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Permalloy 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Thin-film Head 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Magnetic Domain Noise 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Data Storage Business in Japan 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 MagneticThin-films for HDD in the 1980s 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Use of Optics 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 High-Moment Head Core Material 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 High-Ms Write Heads 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 The Innovator’s Dilemma 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Thin-film Head is not Disruptive 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Small HDD 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 MR Head 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 GMR Head 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 TMR Head 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Infinite MR Ratio 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Suspicions Surrounding the TMR Head 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Low-Resistance TMR Head 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 MGO:The Final Push 150\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 Exploring New Markets 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Discussion 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 152\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Development of Fully-Continuous Electrokinetic Dewatering of Phosphatic Clay Suspensions 159\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRui Kong, Arthur Dizon, Saeed Moghaddam, andMark E. Orazem\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Phosphatic Clay Suspensions 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Industrial Scope 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Why is Separation ofWater from Clay Difficult? 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Current Methods 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Flocculation 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Mechanical Dewatering 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Electrokinetic Separation 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Development of Dewatering Technologies for Phosphatic Clays 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Lab-scale Batch Dewatering 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Semi-continuous Operation to Recover Clear Supernatant 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Semi-continuous Operation to Recover Solids 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Continuous Operation 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Energy and Power Requirements for All Prototypes Tested 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Economic Assessment for On-site Implementation 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Hydrogen Emission 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Capital and Operation Costs 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.1 Power and Energy consumption for On-site Operations 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.2 Operation cost 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2.3 Capital Cost 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Results 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Our Next Prototype: Dual-zone Continuous Operation 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Conclusions 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Breaking the Chemical Paradigm in Electrochemical Engineering: Case Studies and Lessons Learned from Plating to Polishing 193\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eE. Jennings Taylor, Maria E. Inman, Holly M. Garich, Heather A. McCrabb, Stephen T. Snyder, and Timothy D. Hall\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Perspective 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 A Brief Overview of Pulse Reverse Current Plating 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Mass Transport Effects in Pulse Current Plating 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Current Distribution Effects in Pulse Current Plating 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Grain Size Effects in Pulse Current Plating 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Current Efficiency Effects in Pulse Current Plating 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Concluding Remarks for Pulse Current Plating 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Early Developments in Pulse Plating 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 LevelingWithout Levelers Using Pulse Reverse Current Plating 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 DuctilityWithout Brighteners Using Pulse Current Plating 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Transition of Pulse Current Plating Concepts to Surface Finishing 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Pulse Voltage Deburring of Automotive Planetary Gears 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Transition to Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Passive Materials 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Sequenced Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Semiconductor Valves 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Strongly Passive Materials 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing of Niobium Superconducting Radio Frequency Cavities 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.6 Transition Pulse Reverse Voltage Electropolishing to Niobium Superconducting Radio Frequency Cavities 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 ConcludingThoughts 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The Interaction Between a Proton and the Atomic Network in Amorphous Silica Glass Made a Highly Sensitive Trace Moisture Sensor 241\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYusuke Tsukahara, Nobuo Takeda, Kazushi Yamanaka, and Shingo Akao\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Unexpected Long Propagation of Surface AcousticWaves Around a Sphere 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Invention of a Ball SAWDevice and Application to Gas Sensors 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Unexpected Fluctuations in the Output Signal of the Gas Sensor Leading to the Development of Trace Moisture Sensors 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Sol–Gel Silica Film for the Trace Moisture Sensors 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 A Thermodynamic Model of Interaction ofWater Vapor with Amorphous Silica Glass 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Concluding Remarks 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 From Sensors to Low-cost Instruments to Networks: Semiconducting Oxides as Gas-Sensitive Resistors 261\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid E.Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Overview 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Basic Science of Semiconducting Oxides as Gas-Sensitive Resistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Multiscale Modeling of Gas-Sensitive Resistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 Introduction 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Effective Medium Model 1: Rationalization of Composition Effects on Response 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.3 Effective Medium Model 2: Diffusion–Reaction Effects on Response; Effects of Electrode Geometry and “Self-Diagnostic” Devices 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.4 Microstructure Model: Percolation and Equivalent Circuit Representation 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Surface Segregation and Surface Modification Effects 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Surface Modification by “Poisoning” 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Surface Modification by Segregation 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.3 Surface Grafting as a Means for Altering Response 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Surface Defect and Reaction Models 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Commercial Development of Sensors and Instruments 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Introduction 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Development of a Low-Cost Instrument for Measurement of Ozone in theAtmosphere 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Signal Drift Detection 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 A Low-Cost Instrument for Measurement of Atmospheric Nitrogen Dioxide 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 Networks of Instruments in the Atmosphere 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Conclusion and Prospects 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 323\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120011607,"sku":"9783527342068","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"metal-air-batteries-fundamentals-and-applications-9783527342792","title":"Metal-Air Batteries: Fundamentals and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA comprehensive overview of the research developments in the burgeoning field of metal-air batteries \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e An innovation in battery science and technology is necessary to build better power sources for our modern lifestyle needs. One of the main fields being explored for the possible breakthrough is the development of metal-air batteries. Metal-Air Batteries: Fundamentals and Applications offers a systematic summary of the fundamentals of the technology and explores the most recent advances in the applications of metal-air batteries. Comprehensive in scope, the text explains the basics in electrochemical batteries and introduces various species of metal-air batteries.   \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e The author-a noted expert in the field-explores the development of metal-air batteries in the order of Li-air battery, sodium-air battery, zinc-air battery and Mg-O2 battery, with the focus on the Li-air battery. The text also addresses topics such as metallic anode, discharge products, parasitic reactions, electrocatalysts, mediator, and X-ray diffraction study in Li-air battery. Metal-Air Batteries provides a summary of future perspectives in the field of the metal-air batteries. This important resource:  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Covers various species of metal-air batteries and their components as well as system designation \u003cbr\u003e -Contains groundbreaking content that reviews recent advances in the field of metal-air batteries \u003cbr\u003e -Focuses on the battery systems which have the greatest potential for renewable energy storage \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Written for electrochemists, physical chemists, materials scientists, professionals in the electrotechnical industry, engineers in power technology, Metal-Air Batteries offers a review of the fundamentals and the most recent developments in the area of metal-air batteries. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to Metal–Air Batteries: Theory and Basic Principles 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Li–O2 Battery 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Sodium–O2 Battery 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Stabilization of Lithium-Metal Anode in Rechargeable Lithium–Air Batteries 11\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Liu,Wu Xu, and Ji-Guang Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Recent Progresses in Li Metal Protection for Li–O2 Batteries 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Design of Composite Protective Layers 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 New Insights on the Use of Electrolyte 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Functional Separators 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Solid-State Electrolytes 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Alternative Anodes 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Challenges and Perspectives 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Li–Air Batteries: Discharge Products 41\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXuanxuan Bi, RongyueWang, and Jun Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Discharge Products in Aprotic Li–O2 Batteries 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Peroxide-based Li–O2 Batteries 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.1 Electrochemical Reactions 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.2 Crystalline and Electronic Band Structure of Li2O2 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1.3 Reaction Mechanism and the Coexistence of Li2O2 and LiO2 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Superoxide-based Li–O2 Batteries 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Problems and Challenges in Aprotic Li–O2 Batteries 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.1 Decomposition of the Electrolyte 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3.2 Degradation of the Carbon Cathode 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Discharge Products in Li–Air Batteries 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Challenges to Exchanging O2 to Air 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Effect ofWater on Discharge Products 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.1 Effect of Small Amount ofWater 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2.2 Aqueous Li–O2 Batteries 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Effect of CO2 on Discharge Products 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Current Li–Air Batteries and Perspectives 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electrolytes for Li–O2 Batteries 65\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlex R. Neale, Peter Goodrich, Christopher Hardacre, and Johan Jacquemin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Li–O2 Battery Electrolyte Requirements and Considerations 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Electrolyte Salts 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Ethers and Glymes 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Dimethyl Sulfoxide (DMSO) and Sulfones 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Nitriles 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Amides 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.6 Ionic Liquids 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.7 Solid-State Electrolytes 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Future Outlook 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Li–Oxygen Battery: Parasitic Reactions 95\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eXiahui Yao, Qi Dong, Qingmei Cheng, and DunweiWang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 The Desired and Parasitic Chemical Reactions for Li–Oxygen Batteries 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Parasitic Reactions of the Electrolyte 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Nucleophilic Attack 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Autoxidation Reaction 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Acid–Base Reaction 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Proton-mediated Parasitic Reaction 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Additional Parasitic Chemical Reactions of the Electrolyte: Reduction Reaction 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Parasitic Reactions at the Cathode 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 The Corrosion of Carbon in the Discharge Process 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 The Corrosion of Carbon in the Recharge Process 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Catalyst-induced Parasitic Chemical Reactions 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Alternative Cathode Materials and Corresponding Parasitic Chemistries 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Additives and Binders 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Contaminations 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Parasitic Reactions on the Anode 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Corrosion of the Li Metal 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 SEI in the Oxygenated Atmosphere 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Alternative Anodes and Associated Parasitic Chemistries 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 New Opportunities from the Parasitic Reactions 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Summary and Outlook 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Li–Air Battery: Electrocatalysts 125\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Types of Electrocatalyst 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Carbonaceous Materials 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.1 Commercial Carbon Powders 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.2 Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs) 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.3 Graphene 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1.4 Doped Carbonaceous Material 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Noble Metal and Metal Oxides 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Transition Metal Oxides 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.1 Perovskite Catalyst 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3.2 Redox Mediator 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Research of Catalyst 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Reaction Mechanism 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Summary 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Lithium–Air BatteryMediator 151\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhuojian Liang, Guangtao Cong, YuWang, and Yi-Chun Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Redox Mediators in Lithium Batteries 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Redox Mediators in Li–Air Batteries 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Redox Mediators in Li-ion and Lithium-flow Batteries 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Overcharge Protection in Li-ion Batteries 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 Redox Targeting Reactions in Lithium-flow Batteries 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Selection Criteria and Evaluation of Redox Mediators for Li–O2 Batteries 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Redox Potential 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Stability 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Reaction Kinetics and Mass Transport Properties 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Catalytic Shuttle vs Parasitic Shuttle 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Charge Mediators 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 LiI (Lithium Iodide) 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 LiBr (Lithium Bromide) 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Nitroxides: TEMPO (2,2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidinyloxyl) and Others 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 TTF (Tetrathiafulvalene) 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Tris[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]amine (TDPA) 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Comparison of the Reported Charge Mediators 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Discharge Mediator 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Iron Phthalocyanine (FePc) 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 2,5-Di-tert-butyl-1,4-benzoquinone (DBBQ) 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Conclusion and Perspective 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Spatiotemporal Operando X-ray Diffraction Study on Li–Air Battery 207\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDi-Jia Liu and Jiang-Lan Shui\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Microfocused X-ray Diffraction (μ-XRD) and Li–O2 Cell Experimental Setup 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Study on Anode: Limited Reversibility of Lithium in Rechargeable LAB 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Study on Separator: Impact of Precipitates to LAB Performance 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Study on Cathode: Spatiotemporal Growth of Li2O2 During Redox\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReaction 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Metal–Air Battery: In Situ Spectroelectrochemical Techniques 233\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eIainM. Aldous, Laurence J. Hardwick, Richard J. Nichols, and J. Padmanabhan Vivek\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Raman Spectroscopy 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 In Situ Raman Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Batteries 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 BackgroundTheory 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Practical Considerations 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.1 Electrochemical Roughening 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3.2 Addressing Inhomogeneous SERS Enhancement 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 In Situ Raman Setup 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Determination of Oxygen Reduction and Evolution Reaction MechanismsWithin Metal–O2 Batteries 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Infrared Spectroscopy 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Background 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 IR Studies of Electrochemical Interfaces 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Infrared Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Battery Studies 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 UV\/Visible Spectroscopic Studies 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 UV\/Vis Spectroscopy 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 UV\/Vis Spectroscopy for Metal–O2 Battery Studies 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Electron Spin Resonance 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Cell Setup 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Deployment of Electrochemical ESR in Battery Research 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Summary and Outlook 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Zn–Air Batteries 265\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTongwen Yu, Rui Cai, and Zhongwei Chen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Zinc Electrode 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Electrolyte 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Separator 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Air Electrode 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Structure of Air Electrode 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Oxygen Reduction Reaction 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Oxygen Evolution Reaction 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Electrocatalyst 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.1 Noble Metals and Alloys 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.2 Transition Metal Oxides 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.3 Inorganic–Organic Hybrid Materials 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4.4 Metal-free Materials 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusions and Outlook 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Experimental and Computational Investigation of Nonaqueous Mg\/O2 Batteries 293\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJeffrey G. Smith, Gülin Vardar, CharlesW. Monroe, and Donald J. Siegel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Experimental Studies of Magnesium\/Air Batteries and Electrolytes 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Ionic Liquids as Candidate Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Modified Grignard Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.3 All-inorganic Electrolytes for Mg\/O2 Batteries 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.4 Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Computational Studies of Mg\/O2 Batteries 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Calculation of Thermodynamic Overpotentials 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Charge Transport in Mg\/O2 Discharge Products 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Concluding Remarks 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Novel Methodologies to Model Charge Transport in Metal–Air Batteries 331\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eNicolai RaskMathiesen,Marko Melander,Mikael Kuisma, Pablo García-Fernández, and JuanMaria García Lastra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Modeling Electrochemical Systems with GPAW 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Density FunctionalTheory 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Conductivity from DFT Data 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.3 The GPAWCode 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4 Charge Transfer Rates with Constrained DFT 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.1 MarcusTheory of Charge Transfer 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.2 Constrained DFT 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.4.3 Polaronic Charge Transport at the Cathode 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5 Electrochemistry at Solid–Liquid Interfaces 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.1 Modeling the Electrochemical Interface 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.2 Implicit Solvation at the Electrochemical Interface 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.3 Generalized Poisson–Boltzmann Equation for the Electric Double Layer 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.5.4 Electrode PotentialWithin the Poisson–Boltzmann Model 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6 Calculations at Constant Electrode Potential 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.1 The Need for a Constant Potential Presentation 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.2 Grand Canonical Ensemble for Electrons 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.3 Fictitious Charge Dynamics 349\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.6.4 Model in Practice 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.7 Conclusions 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Second Principles for MaterialModeling 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 The Energy in SP-DFT 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 The Lattice Term (E(0)) 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.3 Electronic Degrees of Freedom 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.4 Model Construction 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.5 Perspectives on SP-DFT 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Flexible Metal–Air Batteries 367\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHuisheng Peng, Yifan Xu, Jian Pan, Yang Zhao, LieWang, and Xiang Shi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Flexible Electrolytes 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Aqueous Electrolytes 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.1 PAA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.2 PEO-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1.3 PVA-based Gel Polymer Electrolyte 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2 Nonaqueous Electrolytes 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.1 PEO-based Polymer Electrolyte 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.2 PVDF-HFP-based Polymer Electrolyte 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.2.3 Ionic Liquid Electrolyte 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Flexible Anodes 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Flexible Cathodes 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Modified Stainless Steel Mesh 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Modified Carbon Textile 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Carbon Nanotube 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.4 Graphene-based Cathode 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.5 Other Composite Electrode 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Prototype Devices 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Sandwich Structure 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Fiber Structure 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Summary 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Perspectives on the Development of Metal–Air Batteries 397\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eZhiwen Chang and Xin-bo Zhang\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Li–O2 Battery 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.1 Lithium Anode 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.2 Electrolyte 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.3 Cathode 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.4 The Reaction Mechanisms 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.5 The Development of Solid-state Li–O2 Battery 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1.6 The Development of Flexible Li–O2 Battery 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Na–O2 Battery 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Zn–air Battery 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 407\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120044375,"sku":"9783527342792","price":124.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"solid-oxide-fuel-cells-from-electrolyte-based-to-electrolyte-free-devices-9783527344116","title":"Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePresents innovative approaches towards affordable, highly efficient, and reliable sustainable energy systems \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Written by leading experts on the subject, this book provides not only a basic introduction and understanding of conventional fuel cell principle, but also an updated view of the most recent developments in this field. It focuses on the new energy conversion technologies based on both electrolyte and electrolyte-free fuel cells?from advanced novel ceria-based composite electrolyte low temperature solid oxide fuel cells to non-electrolyte fuel cells as advanced fuel-to-electricity conversion technology. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to Electrolyte-Free Devices is divided into three parts. Part I covers the latest developments of anode, electrolyte, and cathode materials as well as the SOFC technologies. Part II discusses the non-electrolyte or semiconductor-based membrane fuel cells. Part III focuses on engineering efforts on materials, technology, devices and stack developments, and looks at various applications and new opportunities of SOFC using both the electrolyte and non-electrolyte principles, including integrated fuel cell systems with electrolysis, solar energy, and more. \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Offers knowledge on how to realize highly efficient fuel cells with novel device structures \u003cbr\u003e -Shows the opportunity to transform the future fuel cell markets and the possibility to commercialize fuel cells in an extended range of applications \u003cbr\u003e -Presents a unique collection of contributions on the development of solid oxide fuel cells from electrolyte based to non-electrolyte-based technology \u003cbr\u003e -Provides a more comprehensive understanding of the advances in fuel cells and bridges the knowledge from traditional SOFC to the new concept \u003cbr\u003e -Allows readers to track the development from the conventional SOFC to the non-electrolyte or single-component fuel cell  \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e Solid Oxide Fuel Cells: From Electrolyte-Based to Electrolyte-Free Devices will serve as an important reference work to students, scientists, engineers, researchers, and technology developers in the fuel cell field. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart I Solid Oxide Fuel Cell with Ionic Conducting Electrolyte \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e3\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Zhu and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 An Introduction to the Principles of Fuel Cells 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Materials and Technologies 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 New Electrolyte Developments on LTSOFC 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Beyond the State of the Art: The Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell (EFFC) 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Fundamental Issues 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Beyond the SOFC 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Solid-State Electrolytes for SOFC \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e35\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLiangdong Fan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Single-Phase SOFC Electrolytes 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Oxygen Ionic Conducting Electrolyte 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Stabilized Zirconia 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Doped Ceria 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.3 SrO- and MgO-Doped Lanthanum Gallates (LSGM) 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Proton-Conducting Electrolyte and Mixed Ionic Conducting Electrolyte 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Alternative New Electrolytes and Research Interests 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Ion Conduction\/Transportation in Electrolytes 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Composite Electrolytes 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Oxide–Oxide Electrolyte 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Oxide–Carbonate Composite 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.1 Materials Fabrication 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2.2 Performance and Stability Optimization 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 Other Oxide–Salt Composite Electrolytes 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 Ionic Conduction Mechanism Studies of Ceria–Carbonate Composite 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 NANOCOFC and Material Design Principle 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Concluding Remarks 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Cathodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e79\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTianmin He, Qingjun Zhou, and Fangjun Jin\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Overview of Cathode Reaction Mechanism 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Development of Cathode Materials 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Perovskite Cathode Materials 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.1 Mn-Based Perovskite Cathodes 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.2 Co-Based Perovskite Cathodes 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.3 Fe-Based Perovskite Cathodes 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1.4 Ni-Based Perovskite Cathodes 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Double Perovskite Cathode Materials 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Microstructure Optimization of Cathode Materials 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Nanostructured Cathodes 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Composite Cathodes 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Summary 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Anodes for Solid Oxide Fuel Cell \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e113\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChunwen Sun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Overview of Anode Reaction Mechanism 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Basic Operating Principles of a SOFC 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 The Anode Three-Phase Boundary 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Development of Anode Materials 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Ni–YSZ Cermet Anode Materials 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Alternative Anode Materials 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.1 Fluorite Anode Materials 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2.2 Perovskite Anode Materials 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Sulfur-Tolerant Anode Materials 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Development of Kinetics, Reaction Mechanism, and Model of the Anode 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Summary and Outlook 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Design and Development of SOFC Stacks \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e145\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eWanbing Guan\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Change of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Interface Contact 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Design of 2D Interface Contact Mode 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Variations of Cell Output Performance Under 2D Contact Mode 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 2D Interface Structure Improvements and Enhancement of Cell Output Performance 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Contributions of 3D Contact in 2D Interface Contact 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Mechanism of Performance Enhancement After the Transition from 2D to 3D Interface 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Control Design of Transition from 2D to 3D Interface Contact and Their Quantitative Contribution Differentiation 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Control Design of 2D and 3D Interface Contact 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Transient Output Performance of a Cell 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Quantitative Effects of 2D Contact on the Steady-State Output Performance of the Cell 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on Cell Transient Performance 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Quantitative Effects of 3D Contact on the Steady-State Performance of a Cell 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Differences Between 2D and 3D Interface Contacts 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Conclusions 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart II Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cells: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e173\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Electrolyte-Free SOFCs: Materials, Technologies, and Working Principles \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e175\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBin Zhu, Liangdong Fan, Jung-Sik Kim, and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Concept of the Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 SLFC Using the Ionic Conductor-based Electrolyte 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Developments on Advanced SLFC 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 From SLFCs to Semiconductor–Ionic Fuel Cells (SIFCs) 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 The SLFC Working Principle 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Remarks 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Ceria Fluorite Electrolytes from Ionic to Mixed Electronic and Ionic Membranes \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e213\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eBaoyuan Wang, Liangdong Fan, Yanyan Liu, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Doped Ceria as the Electrolyte for Intermediate Temperature SOFCs 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Surface Doping for Low Temperature SOFCs 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Non-doped Ceria for Advanced Low Temperature SOFCs 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Charge Transfer in Oxide Solid Fuel Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e239\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJing Shi and Sining Yun\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Oxygen Diffusion in Perovskite Oxides 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Oxygen Vacancy Formation 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Oxygen Diffusion Mechanisms 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Anisotropy Oxygen Transport in Layered Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.1 Oxygen Transport in Ruddlesden–Popper (RP) Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3.2 Oxygen Transport in A-Site Ordered Double Perovskites 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4 Oxygen Ion Diffusion at Grain Boundary 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.5 Factors Controlling Oxygen Migration Barriers in Perovskites 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Proton Diffusion in Perovskite-Type Oxides 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Proton Diffusion Mechanisms 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Proton–Dopant Interaction 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.1 Influence of Dopants in A-site 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2.2 Influence of Dopants in B-Site 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Long-range Proton Conduction Pathways in Perovskites 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Hydrogen-Induced Insulation 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Enhanced Ion Conductivity in Oxide Heterostructures 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Enhanced Ionic Conduction by Strain 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Enhanced Ionic Conductivity by Band Bending 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Surface State-induced Band Bending 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Band Bending in p–n Heterojunctions 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.3 p–n Heterojunction Structures in SOFC 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Summary 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Material Development II: Natural Material-based Composites for Electrolyte Layer-free Fuel Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e275\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChen Xia and Yanyan Liu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Materials Development for EFFCs 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Natural Materials as Potential Electrolytes 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Industrial-grade Rare Earth for EFFCs 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Rare-earth Oxide LCP 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Semiconducting–Ionic Composite Based on LCP 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 LCP–LSCF 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 LCP–ZnO 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Stability Operation and Schottky Junction of EFFC 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.1 Performance Stability 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3.2 In Situ Schottky Junction Effect 288\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 Summary 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Natural Hematite for EFFCs 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Natural Hematite 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Semiconducting–Ionic Composite Based on Hematite 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.1 Hematite–LSCF 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2.2 Hematite\/LCP–LSCF 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Summary 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Natural CuFe Oxide Minerals for EFFCs 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Natural CuFe\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003eO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Mineral for EFFC 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Natural Delafossite CuFeO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e for EFFC 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.3 Summary 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Bio-derived Calcite for EFFC 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.1 Bio-derived Calcite for EFFC 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5.2 Summary 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 314\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Charge Transfer, Transportation, and Simulation \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e319\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMuhammad Afzal, Mustafa Anwar, Muhammad I. Asghar, Peter D. Lund, Naveed Jhamat, Rizwan Raza, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Physical Aspects 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Electrochemical Aspects 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Ionic Conduction Enhancement in Heterostructure Composites 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Charge Transportation Mechanism and Coupling Effects 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Surface and Interfacial State-Induced Superionic Conduction and Transportation 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Ionic Transport Number Measurements 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Determination of Electron and Ionic Conductivities in EFFCs 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 EIS Analysis 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Semiconductor Band Effects on the Ionic Conduction Device Performance 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Simulations 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 343\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Electrolyte-Free Fuel Cell: Principles and Crosslink Research \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e347\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eYan Wu, Liangdong Fan, Naveed Mushtaq, Bin Zhu, Muhammad Afzal, Muhammad Sajid, Rizwan Raza, Jung-Sik Kim, Wen-Feng Lin, and Peter D. Lund\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Fundamental Considerations of Fuel Cell Semiconductor Electrochemistry 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Physics and Electrochemistry at Interfaces 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Electrochemistry vs. Semiconductor Physics 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Working Principle of Semiconductor-Based Fuel Cells and Crossing Link Sciences 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Extending Applications by Coupling Devices 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Final Remarks 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart III Fuel Cells: From Technology to Applications \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e377\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Scaling Up Materials and Technology for SLFC \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e379\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKang Yuan, Zhigang Zhu, Muhammad Afzal, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Single-Layer Fuel Cell (SLFC) Engineering Materials 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Tape Casting and Hot Pressing 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Scaling Up Single-Layer Fuel Cell Devices: Thermal Spray Coating Technology 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.1 Traditional Plasma Spray Coating Technology 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3.2 New Developed Low-Pressure Plasma Spray (LPPS) Coating Technology 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Short Stack 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 SLFC Cells 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Bipolar Plate Design 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Sealing and Sealant-Free Short Stack 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Tests and Evaluations 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Durability Testing 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 A Case Study for the Cell Degradation Mechanism 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.8 Continuous Efforts and Future Developments 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.9 Concluding Remarks 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Planar SOFC Stack Design and Development \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e415\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eShaorong Wang, Yixiang Shi, Naveed Mushtaq, and Bin Zhu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Internal Manifold and External Manifold 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Interface Between an Interconnect Plate and a Single Cell 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Antioxidation Coating of the Interconnect Plate 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Design the Flow Field of Interconnect Plate 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.1 Mathematical Simulation 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.2 Effect of Co-flow, Crossflow, and Counterflow 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4.3 Air Flow Distribution Between Layers in a Stack 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 The Importance of Sealing 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.1 Thermal Cycling of the Sealing 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5.2 Durability of Sealing 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 The Life of the Stack: The Chemical Problems on the Interface 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Toward Market Products 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Concluding Remarks 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Energy System Integration and Future Perspectives \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e447\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eGhazanfar Abbas, Muhammad Ali Babar, Fida Hussain, and Rizwan Raza\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Solar Cell and Fuel Cell 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Fuel Cell–Solar Cell Integration 450\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Solar Electrolysis–Fuel Cell Integration 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Fuel Cell–Biomass Integration 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 The Fuel Cell System Modeling Using Biogas 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Activation Loss 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Ohmic Loss 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.3 Concentration Voltage Loss 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 The Fuel Cell System Efficiency (Heating and Electrical) 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.1 The Effect of Different Temperatures on System Efficiency 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.2 The Fuel Utilization Factor and Efficiencies of the System 458\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6.3 The System Efficiencies and Operating Pressure 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Integrated New Clean Energy System 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.8 Summary 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 462\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 465\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120503127,"sku":"9783527344116","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"the-new-international-system-of-units-si-quantum-metrology-and-quantum-standards-9783527344598","title":"The New International System of Units (SI):","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe International System of Units, the SI, provides the foundation for all measurements in science, engineering, economics, and society. The SI has been fundamentally revised in 2019. The new SI is a universal and highly stable unit system based on invariable constants of nature. Its implementation rests on quantum metrology and quantum standards, which base measurements on the manipulation and counting of single quantum objects, such as electrons, photons, ions, and flux quanta. This book explains and illustrates the new SI, its impact on measurements, and the quantum metrology and quantum technology behind it.  \u003cbr\u003e The book is based on the book ?Quantum Metrology: Foundation of Units and Measurements? by the same authors.  \u003cbr\u003e From the contents: \u003cbr\u003e  \u003cbr\u003e -Measurement \u003cbr\u003e -The SI (Système International d?Unités) \u003cbr\u003e -Realization of the SI Second: Thermal Beam Cs Clock, Laser Cooling, and the Cs Fountain Clock  \u003cbr\u003e -Flux Quanta, Josephson Effect, and the SI Volt  \u003cbr\u003e -Quantum Hall Effect, the SI Ohm, and the SI Farad  \u003cbr\u003e -Single-Charge Transfer Devices and the SI Ampere  \u003cbr\u003e -The SI Kilogram, the Mole, and the Planck constant  \u003cbr\u003e -The SI Kelvin and the Boltzmann Constant  \u003cbr\u003e -Beyond the present SI: Optical Clocks and Quantum Radiometry  \u003cbr\u003e -Outlook \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Some Basics \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e5\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Measurement 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Limitations of Measurement Uncertainty 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.1 The Fundamental Quantum Limit 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1.2 Noise 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The SI (Système International d’Unités) 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 The Second: Unit of Time 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 The Meter: Unit of Length 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 The Kilogram: Unit of Mass 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 The Ampere: Unit of Electric Current 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 The Kelvin: Unit of Thermodynamic Temperature 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 The Mole: Unit of Amount of Substance 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.7 The Candela: Unit of Luminous Intensity 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.8 Summary: Base and Derived Units of the SI 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Realization of the SI Second: Thermal Beam Cs Clock, Laser Cooling, and the Cs Fountain Clock \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 The Thermal Beam Cs Clock 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Techniques for Laser Cooling and Trapping of Atoms 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Doppler Cooling, Optical Molasses, and Magneto-Optical Traps 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Cooling Below the Doppler Limit 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The Cs Fountain Clock 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Flux Quanta, Josephson Effect, and the SI Volt \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e39\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Josephson Effect and Quantum Voltage Standards 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Basics of Superconductivity 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Basics of the Josephson Effect 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.1 AC and DC Josephson Effect 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2.2 Mixed DC and AC Voltages: Shapiro Steps 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Basic Physics of Real Josephson Junctions 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Josephson Voltage Standards 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4.1 General Overview: Materials and Technology of Josephson Arrays 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4.2 SIS Josephson Voltage Standards 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4.3 Programmable Binary Josephson Voltage Standards 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4.4 Pulse-Driven AC Josephson Voltage Standards 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Metrology with Josephson Voltage Standards 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5.1 DC Voltage, the SI Volt 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5.2 The Conventional Volt in the Previous SI 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5.3 AC Measurements with Josephson Voltage Standards 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Flux Quanta and SQUIDs 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Superconductors in External Magnetic Fields 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Meissner–Ochsenfeld Effect 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Flux Quantization in Superconducting Rings 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 Josephson Junctions in External Magnetic Fields and Quantum Interference 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Basics of SQUIDs 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Applications of SQUIDs in Measurement 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.1 Real DC SQUIDs 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.2 SQUID Magnetometers and Magnetic Property Measurement Systems 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.3 Cryogenic Current Comparators: Current and Resistance Ratios 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3.4 Biomagnetic Measurements 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Traceable Magnetic Flux Density Measurements 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Quantum Hall Effect, the SI Ohm, and the SI Farad \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Basic Physics of Three- and Two-Dimensional Semiconductors 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Three-Dimensional Semiconductors 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Two-Dimensional Semiconductors 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Two-Dimensional Electron Systems in Real Semiconductors 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Basic Properties of Semiconductor Heterostructures 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Epitaxial Growth of Semiconductor Heterostructures 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Semiconductor Quantum Wells 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Modulation Doping 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 The Hall Effect 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 The Classical Hall Effect 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.1 The Classical Hall Effect in Three Dimensions 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1.2 The Classical Hall Effect in Two Dimensions 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Physics of the Quantum Hall Effect 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Metrology Using the Quantum Hall Effect 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 DC Quantum Hall Resistance Standards, the SI Ohm 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 The Conventional Ohm in the Previous SI 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Technology of DC Quantum Hall Resistance Standards and Resistance Scaling 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.4 AC Quantum Hall Resistance Standards, the SI Farad 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.5 Relation Between Electrical Metrology and the Fine-Structure Constant 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Graphene for Resistance Metrology 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Basic Properties of Graphene 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Fabrication of Graphene Monolayers for Resistance Metrology 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Quantum Hall Effect in Monolayer Graphene 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Single-Charge Transfer Devices and the SI Ampere \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Basic Physics of Single-Electron Transport 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Single-Electron Tunneling 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Coulomb Blockade in SET Transistors 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Coulomb Blockade Oscillations and Single-Electron Detection 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.4 Clocked Single-Electron Transfer 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Quantized Current Sources 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Metallic Single-Electron Pumps 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Semiconducting Quantized Current Sources 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.1 GaAs-Based SET Devices 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2.2 Silicon-Based SET Devices 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Superconducting Quantized Current Sources 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Self-Referenced Quantized Current Sources 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Realization of the SI Ampere 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Ampere Realization via the SI Volt and SI Ohm 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Direct Ampere Realization with Quantized Current Sources 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Consistency Tests: Quantum Metrology Triangle 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 The SI Kilogram, the Mole, and the Planck Constant \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e153\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 From “Monitoring the Stability of the Kilogram” to the Planck Constant 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The Avogadro Experiment 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The Kibble Balance Experiment 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Mole: Unit of Amount of Substance 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 The CODATA Evaluation of the Value of the Defining Planck Constant and the Maintenance and Dissemination of the Kilogram 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 The CODATA Evaluation and the Final Value of the Defining Planck Constant,\u003ci\u003e h\u003c\/i\u003e 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Realization, Maintenance, and Dissemination of the Kilogram 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 The SI Kelvin and the Boltzmann Constant \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e181\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Primary Thermometers 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Dielectric Constant Gas Thermometry 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Acoustic Gas Thermometry 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Radiation Thermometry 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4 Doppler Broadening Thermometry 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.5 Johnson Noise Thermometry 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.6 Coulomb Blockade Thermometry 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 The CODATA Evaluation of the Value of the Defining Boltzmann Constant, Realization and Dissemination of the New Kelvin 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 The CODATA Evaluation of the Final Value of the Defining Boltzmann Constant 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Realization and Dissemination of the Kelvin 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Beyond the Present SI: Optical Clocks and Quantum Radiometry \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e201\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Optical Clocks and a New Second 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.1 Femtosecond Frequency Combs 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2 Trapping of Ions and Neutral Atoms for Optical Clocks 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.1 Ion Traps 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.2.2 Optical Lattices 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.3 Neutral Atomic clocks 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.4 Atomic Ion Clocks 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1.5 Possible Variation of the Fine-Structure Constant, 𝛼 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Single-Photon Metrology and Quantum Radiometry 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Single-Photon Sources 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.1 (NV) Color Centers in Diamond 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1.2 Semiconductor Quantum Dots 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Single-Photon Detectors 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.1 Nonphoton-Number-Resolving Detectors 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2.2 Photon-Number-Resolving Detectors 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Metrological Challenge 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Outlook \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e245\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 247\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743120732503,"sku":"9783527344598","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"heterogeneous-catalysis-for-sustainable-energy-9783527344857","title":"Heterogeneous Catalysis for Sustainable Energy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eHeterogeneous Catalysis for Sustainable Energy\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExplore the state-of-the-art in heterogeneous catalysis\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn\u003ci\u003e Heterogeneous Catalysis for Sustainable Energy,\u003c\/i\u003e a team of distinguished researchers delivers a comprehensive and cutting-edge treatment of recent advancements in energy-related catalytic reactions and processes in the field of heterogeneous catalysis. The book includes extensive coverage of the hydrogen economy, methane activation, methanol-to-hydrocarbons, carbon dioxide conversion, and biomass conversion. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe authors explore different aspects of the technology, like reaction mechanisms, catalyst synthesis, and the commercial status of the reactions. The book also includes: \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to the hydrogen economy, including hydrogen production, the reforming of oxygen-containing chemicals, and advances in Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive explorations of methane activation, including steam and dry reforming of methane and methane activation over zeolite catalysts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical discussions of alkane activation, including cracking of hydrocarbons to light olefins and catalytic dehydrogenation of light alkanes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-depth examinations of zeolite catalysis and carbon dioxide as C1 building block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003ePerfect for catalytic, physical, and surface chemists, \u003ci\u003eHeterogeneous Catalysis for Sustainable Energy \u003c\/i\u003ealso belongs in the libraries of materials scientists with an interest in energy-related reactions and processes in the field of heterogeneous catalysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePART I: INTRODUCTION\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 1 Heterogeneous Catalysis in Face of Energy Challenges \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART II: HYDROGEN ECONOMY\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 2 Water-gas Shift Reaction\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 3 Reforming of Oxygenates\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 4 The Fischer-Tropsch Synthesis\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 5 Ammonia Synthesis\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART III: METHANE ACTIVATION\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 6 Steam and Dry Reforming of Methane\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 7 Oxidative Coupling and Dehydroaromatisation\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 8 Selective Oxidation to C1 Oxygenates\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 9 Halogenation and Oxy-halogenation\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART IV: ALKANE ACTIVATION\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 10 Catalytic Cracking over Solid Acids\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 11 Catalytic Dehydrogenation of Light Alkanes \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 12 Selective Oxidation to Oxygenates\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART V: METHANOL-TO-HYDROCARBONS\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 13 Zeolite Catalysts and Their Behaviors\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 14 Reaction and Deactivation Mechanism\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 15 Insights from Theoretical Calculations\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 16 Commercial Status and Economics\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART VI: CARBON DIOXIDE AS C1 BUILDING BLOCK\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 17 Overview on CO2 mission and Utilization\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 18 Chemical Fixation into Carbonates\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 19 Reduction to Methanol\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART VII: BIOMASS CONVERSION\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 20 Catalytic Conversion of Triglycerides\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 21 Catalytic Conversion of Glycerol\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 22 Conversion of Carbohydrates and Their Derivatives\u003cbr\u003e Chapter 23 Nitrogen Containing Platform Molecules to Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PART VIII: PROSPECT \u003cbr\u003e Chapter 24 Summary and Outlook","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743121224023,"sku":"9783527344857","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"novel-electrochemical-energy-storage-devices-materials-architectures-and-future-trends-9783527345793","title":"Novel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices:","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eExplore the latest developments in electrochemical energy storage device technology\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn \u003ci\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e, an accomplished team of authors delivers a thorough examination of the latest developments in the electrode and cell configurations of lithium-ion batteries and electrochemical capacitors. Several kinds of newly developed devices are introduced, with information about their theoretical bases, materials, fabrication technologies, design considerations, and implementation presented.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou’ll learn about the current challenges facing the industry, future research trends likely to capture the imaginations of researchers and professionals working in industry and academia, and still-available opportunities in this fast-moving area. You’ll discover a wide range of new concepts, materials, and technologies that have been developed over the past few decades to advance the technologies of lithium‑ion batteries, electrochemical capacitors, and intelligent devices. Finally, you’ll find solutions to basic research challenges and the technologies applicable to energy storage industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReaders will also benefit from the inclusion of:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thorough introduction to energy conversion and storage, and the history and classification of electrochemical energy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn exploration of materials and fabrication of electrochemical energy storage devices, including categories, EDLCSs, pseudocapacitors, and hybrid capacitors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA practical discussion of the theory and characterizations of flexible cells, including their mechanical properties and the limits of conventional architectures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA concise treatment of the materials and fabrication technologies involved in the manufacture of flexible cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for materials scientists, electrochemists, and solid-state chemists, \u003ci\u003eNovel Electrochemical Energy Storage Devices\u003c\/i\u003e will also earn a place in the libraries of applied physicists, and engineers in power technology and the electrotechnical industry seeking a one-stop reference for portable and smart electrochemical energy storage devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Energy Conversion and Storage: A Global Challenge 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Development History of Electrochemical Energy Storage 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Classification of Electrochemical Energy Storage 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 LIBs and ECs: An Appropriate Electrochemical Energy Storage 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Summary and Outlook 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Materials and Fabrication \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e15\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Mechanisms and Advantages of LIBs 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Principles 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Advantages and Disadvantages 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Mechanisms and Advantages of ECs 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Categories 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 EDLCs 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Pseudocapacitor 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Hybrid Capacitors 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Roadmap of Conventional Materials for LIBs 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Typical Positive Materials for LIBs 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 LiCoO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e Materials 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 LiNiO\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e and Its Derivatives 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.3 LiMn\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003eO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Material 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.4 LiFePO\u003csub\u003e4\u003c\/sub\u003e Material 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.5 Lithium–Manganese-rich Materials 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.6 Commercial Status of Main Positive Materials 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Typical Negative Materials for LIBs 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Graphite 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Soft and Hard Carbon 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 New Materials for LIBs 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Nanocarbon Materials 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Alloy-Based Materials 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.3 Metal Lithium Negative 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Materials for Conventional ECs 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Porous Carbon Materials 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 Transition Metal Oxides 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Conducting Polymers 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Electrolytes and Separators 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.1 Electrolytes 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8.2 Separators 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Evaluation Methods 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.1 Evaluation Criteria for LIBs 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.2 Theoretical Gravimetric and Volumetric Energy Density 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.3 Practical Energy and Power Density of LIBs 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.4 Cycle Life 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.5 Safety 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9.6 Evaluation Methods for ECs 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Production Processes for the Fabrication 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.1 Design 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.2 Mixing, Coating, Calendering, and Winding 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10.3 Electrolyte Injecting and Formation 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Perspectives 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Flexible Cells: Theory and Characterizations \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Limitations of the Conventional Cells 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 Mechanical Properties of Conventional Materials 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 Limitations of Conventional Architectures 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Limitations of Electrolytes 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Mechanical Process for Bendable Cells 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Effect of Thickness 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Effect of Flexible Substrates and Neutral Plane 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Mechanics of Stretchable Cells 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Wavy Architectures by Small Deformation Buckling Process 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Wavy Architectures by Large Deformation Buckling Process 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Island Bridge Architectures 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Static Electrochemical Performance of Flexible Cells 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Dynamic Performance of Flexible Cells 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Bending Characterization 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Stretching Characterization 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Conformability Test 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Stress Simulation by Finite Element Analysis 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Dynamic Electrochemical Performance During Bending 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Dynamic Electrochemical Performance During Stretching 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Summary and Perspectives 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Flexible Cells: Materials and Fabrication Technologies \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Construction Principles of Flexible Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Substrate Materials for Flexible Cells 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Polymer Substrates 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Paper Substrate 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Textile Substrate 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Active Materials for Flexible Cells 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 CNTs 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Graphene 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Low-Dimensional Materials 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Inorganic Solid-state Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Solid-state Polymer Electrolytes for Flexible LIBs 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Electrolytes for Flexible ECs 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Nonconductive Substrates-Based Flexible Cells 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Paper-Based Flexible Cells 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Textiles-Based Flexible Cells 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Polymer Substrates-Based Flexible Cells 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 CNT and Graphene-Based Flexible Cells 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.1 Free-standing Graphene and CNTs Films for SCs 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.2 Free-standing Graphene and CNT Films for LIBs 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7.3 Flexible CNTs\/Graphene Composite Films for the Cells 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Construction of Stretchable Cells by Novel Architectures 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.1 Stretchable Cells Based onWavy Architecture 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8.2 Stretchable Cells Based on Island-Bridge Architecture 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Conclusion and Perspectives 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.1 Mechanical Performance Improvement 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.2 Innovative Architecture for Stretchable Cells 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.3 Electrolytes Development 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.4 Packaging and Tabs 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9.5 Integrated Flexible Devices 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Architectures Design for Cells with High Energy Density \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e147\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Strategies for High Energy Density Cells 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Gravimetric and Volumetric Energy Density of Electrodes 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Classification of Thick Electrodes: Bulk and Foam Electrodes 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Design and Fabrication of Bulk Electrodes 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Advantages of Bulk Electrodes 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Low Tortuosity: The Key for Bulk Electrodes 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Characterization and Numerical Simulation of Tortuosity 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Characterization of Tortuosity by X-ray Tomography 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Numerical Simulation of Tortuosity on Rates by Commercial Software 158\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Fabrication Methods for Bulk Electrodes 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Thick Electrodes with Random Pore Structure 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.1 Pressure-less High-temperature Sintering Process 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.2 Cold Sintering Process 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.3 Spark Plasma Sintering Technology 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7.4 Brief Summary for Sintering Technologies 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Thick Electrodes with Directional Pore Distribution 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.1 Iterative Extrusion Method 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.2 Magnetic-Induced Alignment Method 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.3 CarbonizedWood Template Method 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.4 Ice Templates Method 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.5 3D-Printing for Thick Electrodes 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8.6 Brief Summary for Bulk Electrodes 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Carbon-Based Foam Electrodes with High Gravimetric Energy Density 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.1 Graphene Foam 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.2 CNTs Foam 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9.3 CNT\/Graphene Foam 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Carbon-Based Thick Electrodes 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.1 Low Electronic Conductive Material\/Carbon Foam 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.2 Large Volume Variation Materials\/Carbon Foam 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.3 Compact Graphene Electrodes 188\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10.4 Summary for Carbon Foam Electrodes 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Thick Electrodes Based on the Conductive Polymer Gels 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Summary and Perspectives 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Miniaturized Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e205\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Definition of the Miniaturized Cells and Their Applications 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Classification of Miniaturized Cells 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Development Trends of the Miniaturized Cells 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Evaluation Methods for the Miniaturized Cells 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Evaluation Methods for Electric Double-layer m-ECs 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Evaluation methods for m-LIBs and m-ECs 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Architectures of Various Miniaturized Cells 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Materials for the Miniaturized Cells 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Electrode Materials 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Electrolytes for the Miniaturized Cells 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Fabrication Technologies for Miniaturized Cells 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Fabrication of Miniaturized Cells with 2D Parallel Plate Configuration 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Fabrication Technologies for 2D Interdigitated Cells 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Printing Technologies for 2D Interdigitated Cells 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.1 Advantages of Printing Technologies 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.2 Classification of Printing Techniques 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.3 Screen Printing for Miniaturized Cells 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7.4 Inkjet Printing 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Electrochemical Deposition Method for 2D Interdigitated Cells 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Laser Scribing for 2D Interdigitated Cells 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 In Situ Electrode Conversion for 2D Interdigitated Cells 234\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11 Fabrication Technologies for 3D In-plane Miniaturized Cells 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.1 3D Printing for 3D Interdigitated Configuration Cells 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.11.2 3D Interdigitated Configuration by Electrodeposition 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12 Fabrication of Miniaturized Cells with 3D Stacked Configuration 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.1 3D Stacked Configuration by Template Deposition 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.12.2 3D Stacked Configuration by Microchannel-Plated Deposition Methods 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.13 Integrated Systems 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.14 Summary and Perspectives 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Smart Cells \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e263\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Definition of Smart Materials and Cells 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Definition of Smart Cells 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Definition of Smart Materials 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Type of Smart Materials 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Self-healing Materials 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Shape-memory Alloys 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Thermal-responding PTC Thermistors 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Electrochromic Materials 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Construction of Smart Cells 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Self-healing Silicon Anodes 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Aqueous Self-healing Electrodes 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Liquid-alloy Self-healing Electrode Materials 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Thermal-responding Layer 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Thermal-responding Electrodes Based on the PTC Effect 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.6 Ionic Blocking Effect-Based Thermal-responding Electrodes 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Application of Shape-memory Materials in LIBs and ECs 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Self-adapting Cells 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Shape-memory Alloy-Based Thermal Regulator 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Self-heating and Self-monitoring Designs 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Self-heating 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Self-monitoring 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Integrated Electrochromic Architectures for Energy Storage 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Integration Possibilities 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Integrated Electrochromic ECs 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Integrated Electrochromic LIBs 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Summary and Perspectives 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 301\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743121748311,"sku":"9783527345793","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/electronics-and-communications-engineering.oembed?page=59","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}